WO2022100350A1 - 一种应用在城域传送网络mtn或分片分组网络spn中的通信方法及系统 - Google Patents

一种应用在城域传送网络mtn或分片分组网络spn中的通信方法及系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022100350A1
WO2022100350A1 PCT/CN2021/123670 CN2021123670W WO2022100350A1 WO 2022100350 A1 WO2022100350 A1 WO 2022100350A1 CN 2021123670 W CN2021123670 W CN 2021123670W WO 2022100350 A1 WO2022100350 A1 WO 2022100350A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
path
mtn
communication device
indication
communication
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/123670
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
江元龙
胡永健
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21890877.0A priority Critical patent/EP4236249A4/en
Priority to JP2023528741A priority patent/JP2023548944A/ja
Publication of WO2022100350A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022100350A1/zh
Priority to US18/317,650 priority patent/US20230283541A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00—Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/24—Multipath
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00—Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/28—Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks using route fault recovery
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/06—Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications
    • H04L41/0654—Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications using network fault recovery
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00—Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/22—Alternate routing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
    • H04L47/10—Flow control; Congestion control
    • H04L47/12—Avoiding congestion; Recovering from congestion
    • H04L47/125—Avoiding congestion; Recovering from congestion by balancing the load, e.g. traffic engineering
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00—Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/66—Layer 2 routing, e.g. in Ethernet based MAN's

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and system applied in a metro transport network (MTN) or a slicing packet network (SPN).
  • MTN metro transport network
  • SPN slicing packet network
  • Flex ethernet is a technology that supports various Ethernet media control (media access control, MAC) rate services. It binds one or more Ethernet Physical (PHY) links together, providing flexible channelization sub-rates. For example, for each PHY of 100GBASE-R, it divides it into 20 time slots (slot) data carrying channel, and the corresponding bandwidth of each time slot is 5Gbps. For each 50GBASE-R PHY, it is divided into 10 time-slot data-carrying channels.
  • PHY physical
  • the Ethernet frame of the original data stream of the FlexE Client (FlexE Client) is divided into 64/66-byte (byte) encoded code blocks, and then each code block is scheduled through the FlexE Shim Send on several time slots to one or more PHYs of the FlexE Group.
  • the Ethernet frame service can be forwarded from one end of the network to the other end of the network through a one-hop or multi-hop node in the form of a series of 64B/66B code blocks, and finally restored to the Ethernet frame service .
  • Each hop node in the middle of the network can receive the 64B/66B code block and forward the 64B/66B code block to the next hop node according to a certain path.
  • the forwarding path fails, the service is interrupted and the service transmission is affected.
  • network device PE1 and network device PE2 are connected through a working path and a protection path. When the working path works normally, PE1 and PE2 transmit service flows through the working path.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and system applied in a network (eg, MTN or SPN). It can solve the problem of forwarding path failure, which leads to service interruption, and can also realize load balancing and improve the reliability of the network.
  • a network eg, MTN or SPN.
  • the present application provides a multi-homing communication method in a network, where the network includes a first communication device, a second communication device, and a third communication device, wherein the third communication device passes through the first MTN respectively.
  • a path and a second MTN path connect the first communication device and the second communication device, and the method includes: transmitting a data stream corresponding to the first client client through the second MTN path.
  • the method may be performed by a third communication apparatus, and in a scenario of implementing load sharing, the third communication apparatus transmits a data stream corresponding to the second client client through the first MTN path.
  • the third communication device may use different MTN paths to transmit data streams according to different clients, so as to perform load sharing and improve data transmission quality when the service traffic is large.
  • the third communication apparatus may also use the first MTN path to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client.
  • the third communication device may activate the protection path, that is, the first MTN path, so as to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client through the first MTN path, so as to ensure the normality of the data stream. transmission to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the second communication device may detect the failure of the second MTN path, and send the first indication to the first communication device or the third communication device, so that the first communication device or the third communication device may learn about the second communication device The MTN path is faulty, and then the MTN path is switched.
  • the first communication apparatus receives a first indication from the second communication apparatus, so as to determine that the second MTN path is faulty according to the first indication.
  • the first indication is carried in a dual-homing coordination DHC message.
  • the first communication apparatus realizes that the second MTN path is faulty. Then, the first communication device sends a second instruction to the third communication device for instructing the third communication device to switch the transmission path of the data stream corresponding to the first client client from the second MTN path to the first MTN path.
  • the second indication is included in the automatic protection switching APS message.
  • the third communication apparatus may directly receive the first indication sent by the second communication apparatus, so as to determine that the second MTN path is faulty according to the first indication.
  • the first indication is included in the operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the first communication device can detect the failure of the second communication device and send indication information to the third communication device, the indication The information is used to instruct the third communication apparatus to switch the second MTN path to the first MTN path, so as to send the data stream through the first MTN path.
  • the third communication apparatus may also detect that the second MTN path is faulty, and in this case, the third communication apparatus may send a third indication to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the third communication apparatus may send the third indication to the first communication apparatus.
  • the first communication device determines that the second MTN path is faulty according to the third indication.
  • the third indication is included in the automatic protection switching APS message.
  • the third communication apparatus may send a third indication to the second communication apparatus, so that the second communication apparatus may determine that the second MTN path is faulty according to the third indication, and then activate the third MTN path to avoid the second MTN path.
  • a fault occurs, resulting in the problem that services cannot be transmitted normally.
  • the third indication is included in the operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the second communication apparatus before using the first MTN path to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client, the second communication apparatus sends a first indication to the first communication apparatus or the third communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate the second MTN Path failed.
  • the first indication is carried in a dual-homing coordination DHC message or an operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the network further includes a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device connects the first communication device and the second communication device through the first path and the second path, respectively.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are communicatively connected through a third MTN path, the second path is available, and the second MTN path is unavailable, the first MTN path, the third MTN path, and the second path are used.
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted.
  • the third communication device may activate the first MTN path
  • the first communication device may activate the third MTN path
  • the communication between the first communication device and the fourth communication device is performed through the The first MTN path, the third MTN path and the second path transmit data streams to ensure normal transmission of the data streams.
  • the second MTN path and the third MTN path and the first path are used.
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted.
  • the first communication device may start the first path, and the third communication device and the fourth communication device may pass through the second MTN path, the third communication device, and the third communication device.
  • the MTN path and the first path transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client.
  • Starting a path may refer to setting the path to an active state, which can be used to forward data flows. For example, starting the first path is to set the state of the first path to an active state for forwarding the data flow.
  • the third communication device switches from the second MTN path to the first MTN path, and the fourth communication device switches from the second path. to the first path, so that the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted between the third communication device and the fourth communication device through the first MTN path and the first path.
  • the present application provides a multi-homing communication method in a network, where the network includes a first communication device, a second communication device and a third communication device, wherein the third communication device passes through the first path and the second communication device respectively.
  • the path connects the first communication device and the second communication device, and the first communication device and the second communication device are connected through the first MTN path; the method can be executed by the third communication device or the second communication device, and when the second path is available, The data stream corresponding to the first client client may be transmitted through the second path; when the second path is unavailable, the data stream corresponding to the first client may be transmitted through the first path and the first MTN path.
  • transmitting the data stream corresponding to the first client through the two paths includes: transmitting the data stream corresponding to the first client through the first MTN path and the second path.
  • the data stream may be transmitted through the first MTN path and the second path.
  • the second communication apparatus may detect that the second path is unavailable, and send indication information to the first communication apparatus to determine that the second path is faulty, where the indication information is used to indicate that the second path is faulty. Path failed. After determining that the second path is faulty, the first communication device may start the first path.
  • the indication information is carried in the dual-homing coordination DHC message.
  • the network further includes a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device is connected to the first communication device and the second communication device through the second MTN path and the third MTN path, respectively.
  • transmitting the data stream corresponding to the first client through the first path and the first MTN path including: when the third MTN path is available and the second path is unavailable, using the third MTN path, The first MTN path and the first path transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client.
  • the second path when the second path is available, transmitting the data stream corresponding to the first client client through two paths, including: when the third MTN path is unavailable and the second path is available, using the second MTN path and the first MTN path and the second path transmits the data stream corresponding to the first client.
  • the present application provides a communication method in a network
  • the network includes a first communication device, a second communication device and a third communication device, wherein the third communication device passes through the first MTN path and the second MTN respectively
  • a path connects the first communication device and the second communication device
  • the method includes: when the second MTN working path is not in use, configuring the state of the first MTN path as an active state. Specifically, the state of the first MTN path is configured from an inactive state to an active state.
  • the method before configuring the state of the first MTN path to be an active state, the method further includes: determining, according to a first indication sent by the second communication device, that the second MTN path is faulty, and The first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the method before the determining that the second MTN path is faulty, the method includes: the first communication apparatus receiving the first indication from the second communication apparatus.
  • the first indication is carried in a dual-homing coordinated DHC message.
  • the method further includes: the first communication apparatus sends a second indication to the third communication apparatus, instructing the third communication apparatus to send the first MTN
  • the path is configured to be active.
  • the second indication is included in the automatic protection switching APS message.
  • the method includes: the third communication apparatus receiving the first indication from the second communication apparatus.
  • the first indication is carried in an operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the method before configuring the first MTN path to an active state, the method further includes: the third communication apparatus receives indication information sent by the first communication apparatus, where the indication information is used to indicate The third communication device configures the first MTN path in an active state.
  • the method before using the first MTN path to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client, the method further includes: determining the second MTN path according to a third indication sent by the third communication device If a fault occurs, the third indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the third indication is sent by the third communication apparatus to the first communication apparatus.
  • the third indication is included in the automatic protection switching APS message.
  • the third indication is sent by the third communication apparatus to the second communication apparatus.
  • the third indication is included in the operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the method before the determining that the second MTN path is faulty, includes: the second communication device sends a first indication to the first communication device or the third communication device, the first An indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the fourth indication is carried in a dual-homing coordination DHC message or an operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the network further includes a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device connects the first communication device and the second communication device through a first path and a second path, respectively.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are communicatively connected through a third MTN path, and the method further includes: when the second path is available, configuring the third MTN path is active.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are communicatively connected through a third MTN path, and the method further includes: when the second path is unavailable, configuring the first path as active state.
  • the present application provides a first communication device applied to a network, where the network includes a first communication device, a second communication device and a third communication device, wherein the third communication devices pass through a first path respectively and a second path connecting the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • both the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the first communication device includes: a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiving unit is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method described in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect
  • the processing unit is configured to perform the first aspect, the first aspect, and the third aspect.
  • other operations performed by the first communication device except the transceiving operation.
  • the present application provides a first communication device applied to a network, where the network includes the first communication device, the second communication device and the third communication device, wherein the third communication device passes through the third communication device respectively.
  • a path and a second path connect the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • both the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the first communication device includes a memory and at least one processor; the memory is used to store program codes; the at least one processor is used to execute instructions in the program code, so that the first communication device executes One or more operations performed by the first communication device in the method according to any one of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a first communication device applied to a network, the network comprising the first communication device, the second communication device and the third communication device, wherein the third communication device A path and a second path connect the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the first communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and the communication interface is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method of any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect, where The processor is configured to perform other operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method described in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a second communication device applied to a network, the network comprising the first communication device, the second communication device and the third communication device, wherein the third communication device A path and a second path connect the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • both the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the second communication device includes: a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiving unit is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method described in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect
  • the processing unit is configured to perform the first aspect, the first aspect, and the third aspect.
  • the second communication device performs other operations except the transceiving operation.
  • the present application provides a second communication device applied to a network, the network comprising the first communication device, the second communication device and the third communication device, wherein the third communication device A path and a second path connect the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • both the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the second communication device includes a memory and at least one processor; the memory is used to store program codes; the at least one processor is used to execute the instructions in the program code, so that the second communication device executes One or more operations performed by the second communication device in the method according to any one of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a second communication device applied to a network, the network comprising the first communication device, the second communication device and the third communication device, wherein the third communication device A path and a second path connect the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • both the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the second communication device includes a plurality of communication interfaces and at least one processor, the plurality of communication interfaces are used to perform the method described in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect by the second communication device.
  • the processor is configured to perform other operations other than transceiving operations performed by the second communication device in the methods described in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a third communication device applied to a network, where the network includes the first communication device, the second communication device and the third communication device, wherein the third communication device passes through the third communication device respectively.
  • a path and a second path connect the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • both the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the third communication device includes: a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiving unit is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method described in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect
  • the processing unit is configured to perform the first aspect, the third aspect, and the third aspect.
  • the third communication device performs other operations except the transceiving operation.
  • the present application provides a third communication device applied to a network, where the network includes the first communication device, the second communication device and the third communication device, wherein the third communication device passes through the The first path and the second path connect the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • both the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the third communication device includes a memory and at least one processor; the memory is used to store program codes; the at least one processor is used to execute the instructions in the program code, so that the third communication device executes One or more operations performed by the third communication device in the method according to any one of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a third communication device applied to a network, where the network includes the first communication device, the second communication device and the third communication device, wherein the third communication device passes through the The first path and the second path connect the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • both the first path and the second path are MTN paths.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are also connected through an MTN path.
  • the third communication device includes a plurality of communication interfaces and at least one processor, and the plurality of communication interfaces are used for executing the method described in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect by the third communication interface.
  • the transceiving operation performed by the device, the processor is configured to perform other operations except the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method according to any one of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication system, the communication system comprising the first communication device described in the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect or the ninth aspect above
  • the communication system may perform one or more of the operations of the methods described in any of the preceding aspects.
  • the present application provides a multi-homing system applied in a metropolitan area transmission network MTN, the system comprising: at least one processor and a memory; the memory is used to store instructions or computer programs; the at least one processor a processor for executing the instructions or computer program in the memory to cause the system to perform one or more of the methods of any of the first, second and third aspects above operate.
  • the multi-homing system may be a network composed of several network devices, or may refer to only one network device, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the above first aspect One or more of the operations described in the method of any one of the , the second aspect, and the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, characterized in that it includes a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the first, second and third aspects above. one or more of the operations described in the method described in item .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a traditional application scenario
  • FIG. 2a is a structural diagram of a FlexE implementation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2b is a structural diagram of a 64B/66B code block provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3a is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3b is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a multi-homing communication method in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5a is a structural diagram of a DHC encapsulation format provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 5b is a structural diagram of another DHC encapsulation format provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a multi-homing communication method in another network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12a is a structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12b is a structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FlexE technology is a technology developed on the basis of standard Ethernet technology to meet the requirements of high-speed transmission and flexible bandwidth configuration.
  • the FlexE technology implements the decoupling of the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical layer (PHY) layer by introducing the FlexE Shim layer on the basis of IEEE802.3.
  • FlexE is defined based on the client/group (Client/Group) architecture, as shown in Figure 2a, and can support any number of different sub-interfaces (FlexE Client) to map and transmit on any set of PHYs (FlexE Group). That is, FlexE can bond one or more PHY links together to provide transport channels at different rates.
  • each PHY link of 100GBASE-R it can be divided into 20 time slot (Slot) data transmission channels, and the corresponding bandwidth of each time slot is 5Gbps.
  • the Ethernet frame corresponding to the FlexE Client will be divided into multiple code blocks by 64B/66B encoding, and each code block is scheduled to be sent on several time slots of one or more PHYs of the FlexE Group through the FlexE Shim.
  • the 64B/66B encoding defined by IEEE 802.3 is to encode 64bit data or control information into 66bit code blocks for transmission, in which the first two bits of the 66bit code block represent the synchronization header, which is mainly used for data alignment at the receiving end and synchronization of the received data bit stream, such as shown in Figure 2b.
  • Optical Internet Forum (OIF) further defines the FlexE overhead basic frame and the FlexE overhead multiframe, where the FLexE overhead multiframe includes 32 FlexE overhead basic frames, and the FlexE overhead basic frame includes 8 FlexE overhead code blocks .
  • FlexE determines the first FlexE overhead code block by the 8-bit type field value of 0x4B and the O code (bit 32 to 35) of 0x5.
  • Metro transport network (MTN), or slicing packet network (SPN), is a new type of transport network based on FLexE technology for data stream transmission.
  • MTN technology mainly complies with the relevant standards of the International Telecommunication Union ITU-T
  • SPN technology mainly complies with the relevant standards of the China Communications Standards Association. Both are based on FLexE technology for data processing at the shim layer. There are slight differences in the implementation of the two at the path layer. For example, the 6 bytes in the overhead code block defined in the SPN technology can carry other messages, and the 3 bytes in the overhead code block defined in the MTN technology can carry other messages. information.
  • the MTN path refers to the path through which a packet is transmitted from one end of the network to the other end in the MTN network or the SPN network based on the MTN technology or the SPN technology.
  • a packet When a packet is transmitted along the MTN path, it can pass through multiple intermediate nodes.
  • Ethernet frame services can be sent from one end of the network to the other end of the network through one or more hops in the format of a series of 64B/66B code blocks, and finally restored to Ethernet frames.
  • each hop node in the network can receive the 64B/66B code block and forward it to the next hop node, thereby completing the forwarding of the data stream.
  • MTN technology such as the relevant implementation of the MTN interface, the frame format transmitted based on MTN technology, etc.
  • ITU-T standards or draft standards for example, the "Draft new Recommendation" published in September 2020. G.8312(ex_G.mtn)”.
  • SPN technology please refer to the SPN-related standards formulated by the China Communications Standards Association before the date of application. With the further promotion and progress of the standard, the interpretation of technical terms related to the MTN technology and the SPN technology in this application is compatible with the relevant standards as the standard progresses.
  • services need to be transmitted between PE1 and CE2 through PE2.
  • MTN working paths and MTN protection paths can be established between PE1 and PE2.
  • services are transmitted between PE1 and CE2 through the MTN working path.
  • MTN working path fails, services are transmitted between PE1 and CE2 through the MTN protection path.
  • PE2 fails, service transmission is interrupted because both the MTN working path and the MTN protection path belong to the same node PE2.
  • PE1 provides a service transmission service for multiple users at the same time, the traffic volume between PE1 and PE2 is relatively large, which affects the service transmission quality.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes a first communication device, a second communication device, and a third communication device.
  • the third communication device is connected to the first communication device and the second communication device through the first MTN path and the second MTN path, respectively. That is, in this communication system, the third communication device is connected to the first communication device and the second communication device at the same time.
  • the second MTN path between the third communication apparatus and the second communication apparatus may be set as the MTN working path, and the third communication apparatus uses the second MTN path to transmit services. When the second MTN path is unavailable, the third communication device may utilize the first MTN path to transmit traffic.
  • the third communication device may transmit the data stream corresponding to the second client through the first MTN path; the third communication device may transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client through the second MTN path, thereby reducing the need for the first client.
  • the transmission load of the MTN path and the second MTN path improves the service transmission quality.
  • PE1 and PE2 are connected through MTN path 1
  • PE1 and PE3 are connected through MTN path 2
  • PE2 and PE3 are connected through MTN path 3
  • CE2 and PE2 are connected through link 1
  • CE2 and PE3 are connected through link 2
  • CE1 and PE3 are connected through link 1.
  • PE1 is connected through link 3.
  • link 1-link 3 may be an Eth PHY link, a FlexE link, or a link aggregation group (link aggregation group, LAG) link, or the like.
  • MTN path 1 between PE1 and PE2 can be configured as a working path
  • MTN path 2 between PE1 and PE3 can be configured as a protection path
  • MTN path 2 between PE3 is configured as a working path
  • MTN path 1 between PE1 and PE2 is configured as a protection path.
  • the protection path is used for PE1 to transmit data flow through the protection path when the working path cannot be used.
  • the protection path is MTN path 2
  • PE1 sends packets to PE3 through the protection path, and PE3 forwards the packets to PE2 or CE2.
  • PE1 receives the packets sent by PE3 through the protection path and forwards them to CE1.
  • link 1 between CE2 and PE2 may be configured as a working link
  • link 2 between CE2 and PE3 may be configured as a protection link
  • link 1 between CE2 and PE2 may be configured as a protection link.
  • the working path between CE1 and CE2 is in an active state, and data flows are transmitted through the working path, such as CE1-PE1-PE2-CE2, while the protection path can be in an inactive state, that is, it is not used for transmit data stream.
  • the protection path is activated, and the protection path is used to transmit the data flow.
  • PE1 and PE2 are connected through MTN path 1
  • PE1 and PE3 are connected through MTN path 2
  • PE2 and PE3 are connected through MTN path 3
  • PE2 and PE4 are connected through MTN path 4
  • PE3 and PE4 are connected through MTN path 5
  • CE1 and PE4 are connected through MTN path 5.
  • PE1 is connected through link 1, and CE2 and PE4 are connected through link 2.
  • link 1 and link 2 may be an Eth PHY link, a FlexE link, or a link aggregation group (link aggregation group, LAG) link, or the like.
  • MTN path 1 between PE1 and PE2 can be configured as a working path
  • MTN path 2 between PE1 and PE3 can be configured as a protection path
  • MTN path 2 between PE3 is configured as a working path
  • MTN path 1 between PE1 and PE2 is configured as a protection path.
  • MTN path 4 between PE4 and PE2 can be configured as a working path
  • MTN path 5 between PE4 and PE3 can be configured as a protection path
  • MTN path 5 between PE4 and PE3 can be configured as a working path
  • MTN path 4 between PE4 and PE2 can be configured as a protection path
  • the transmission path between CE1 and CE2 is CE1-PE1-PE2-PE4-CE2
  • the protection paths PE1-PE3-PE4 are configured in an inactive state, that is, they are not used to transmit data flows.
  • the MTN path 1 MTN path 4 or PE2 node in the working path fails, the protection path corresponding to each path is activated, and the protection path is used to transmit the data flow.
  • each network device may also be referred to as a node, and may be a device having a packet processing function in a network system, for example, a router, a switch, and the like.
  • each application scenario of the present application is only for illustration, and should not constitute a limitation on the application scenario of the present application.
  • the present application only uses a dual-homing scenario as an example to illustrate each application scenario and the corresponding method, apparatus, and system of the present application. However, it is also applicable to other multi-homing scenarios, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 4 is an embodiment of the present application.
  • a flow chart of a multi-homing communication method in a network This embodiment will describe the operations performed by each network device when the MTN path 1 fails.
  • the method 400 includes:
  • the state of MTN Path 1 can be continuously monitored between PE2 and PE1 through operation, administration and maintenance (OAM) messages at the path layer.
  • PE1 may periodically send an OAM message to PE2 to monitor the state of the path from PE1 to PE2 (for example, a forward path);
  • PE2 may periodically send an OAM message to PE1, and monitor PE2 to PE1 through the OAM message path (e.g. reverse path).
  • OAM administration and maintenance
  • PE1 When PE1 does not receive the OAM message sent by PE2 within the preset time, it indicates that the reverse path is faulty, then PE1 can notify PE2 that the reverse path is faulty through the OAM message, and PE2 generates indication 1 according to the OAM message. Indication 1 is used to indicate MTN Path 1 failure. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, when the forward path of the MTN path 1 is faulty or the reverse path is faulty, it is determined that the MTN path 1 is faulty as an example for description.
  • the OAM message of the path layer can be carried by the overhead code block of the path layer.
  • the overhead code block of the first path layer is determined by the 8-bit type field value of 0x4B and the O code (bit 32 to 35) as 0x0C.
  • the 3 bytes after the 8bit type field can carry the OAM message.
  • the 6 bytes after the 8bit type field can be used to carry the OAM message.
  • MTN path 3 when MTN path 3 is established between PE2 and PE3, when MTN path 1 does not fail, MTN path 3 is usually in an inactive state, that is, PE2 does not use MTN path 3 to transmit data flows.
  • MTN path 1 When MTN path 1 is faulty, PE2 can no longer use MTN path 1 to transmit data flow, so MTN path 3 is converted from an inactive state to an active state, so that PE2 can use MTN path 3 to transmit data flow.
  • MTN path 1 fails, PE1 needs to switch from MTN path 1 to MTN path 2 to transmit the data stream sent by CE1 through MTN path 2, or receive the data stream sent by CE2 through MTN path 2.
  • MTN path 1 fails, PE3 also needs to start MTN path 2, even if MTN path 2 is active, so as to forward the data flow sent by CE1 to CE2 through MTN path 2, and to CE1 through MTN path 2.
  • PE2 may send Indication 1 to PE3, and/or Indication 1 to PE1.
  • PE2 when PE2 only sends indication 1 to PE3, for example, when both the forward/reverse paths between PE1 and PE2 are faulty, refer to the specific implementation of S403-S407 for details.
  • indication 1 may be carried in a dual homing coordination (DHC) message.
  • DHC messages please refer to the relevant description of RFC8185.
  • the DHC message can be encapsulated in the overhead code block of the path layer, and the structure of the overhead code block of the path layer is shown in Figure 2b.
  • DHC messages may be encapsulated in one or more overhead code blocks. For example, when 3 bytes of an overhead code block can be used to carry information, the DHC message can be carried by two overhead code blocks; when 6 bytes of an overhead code block can be used to carry information, the DHC message can be carried through An overhead code block to carry.
  • each code block includes a start character (start of message, SOM) and an end character (end of message, EOM) indicating the DHC message.
  • SOM start of message
  • EOM end of message
  • the content of the DHC message may include the status indication of MTN path 1 (for example, 0-normal; 1-failure), MTN path switching indication (for example, 0-no switching, transmitted on MTN path 1; 1-switching, on MTN path 2) and so on.
  • MTN path 1 for example, 0-normal; 1-failure
  • MTN path switching indication for example, 0-no switching, transmitted on MTN path 1; 1-switching, on MTN path 2
  • code block 3 When the DHC message is carried by one overhead code block, see Figure 5b, code block 3 is included.
  • Value1 to Value4 in code block 3 are used to carry the content of the DHC message.
  • the content of the DHC message may include the status indication of MTN path 1 (eg 0-normal; 1-failure), MTN path 1 switching indication (eg 0-no switching, transmitted on MTN path 1; 1-switching, on MTN path 2) and so on.
  • an OAM message can also be periodically sent between PE2 and PE3 to monitor the state of the MTN path 3 between PE2 and PE3.
  • the indication 1 can be carried in the PE2 sends an OAM message to PE3, and PE3 determines that MTN path 1 is faulty by parsing the OAM message.
  • PE2 when PE2 sends an indication 1 to PE3, it sends an indication 1 to PE1.
  • the reverse path from PE2 to PE1 is normal.
  • PE2 can continue to send OAM messages to PE1.
  • PE2 may carry an indication through the OAM message, 1, so that PE1 determines that the MTN path 1 is faulty by parsing the OAM message.
  • PE3 determines that MTN path 1 is faulty according to the indication 1 sent by PE2.
  • S404: PE3 configures MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • PE3 after receiving the instruction 1 sent by PE2, PE3 determines that MTN path 1 is faulty by parsing the instruction 1, and configures MTN path 2 to be in an active state, so that PE3 can receive or send data streams through MTN path 2 .
  • MTN path 3 when MTN path 3 is established between PE3 and PE2, when MTN path 1 does not fail, MTN path 3 may be in an inactive state, that is, PE3 does not use MTN path 3 to transmit data streams.
  • the PE3 can configure the MTN path 3 to be in an active state, so that the PE3 can use the MTN path 3 to transmit data flows.
  • instruction 2 may be generated, which is used to instruct PE1 to switch from MTN path 1 to MTN path 2, that is, MTN Path 2 is configured as active.
  • indication 2 may be carried in an automatic protection switching (automatic protection switching, APS) message.
  • the APS message can be encapsulated in an overhead code block of the path layer, and the overhead code block is a 64B/66B code block, and the specific structure is shown in Figure 2b.
  • the APS message can be encapsulated in one overhead code block, for example, 6 bytes in one overhead code block are used to carry information, or can be encapsulated in two overhead code blocks, such as 3 bytes in one overhead code block are used for to carry information.
  • indication 2 may be carried in an OAM message sent by PE3 to PE1, and PE1 obtains indication 2 by parsing the OAM message, and then configures MTN path 2 to an active state according to indication 2.
  • PE1 After receiving the instruction 2 sent by PE3, PE1 determines that the MTN path 1 is faulty by parsing the instruction 2, and then converts the MTN path 2 from an inactive state to an active state, so that PE1 transmits data flow through the MTN path 2.
  • S409 PE1 determines that MTN path 1 is faulty according to indication 1, and configures MTN path 2 to an active state.
  • PE2 can directly send indication 1 to PE1, so that PE1 can determine that MTN path 1 is faulty through the indication 1, and then switch MTN path 2 from the inactive state to the active state, so as to The data stream is transported using this MTN path 2 .
  • the indication 1 may be carried in the OAM message sent by PE2 to PE1.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a flowchart of another method for multi-homing communication in a network.
  • the method 600 may include:
  • PE1 obtains indication 3, and configures MTN path 2 as an active state.
  • PE1 may periodically send OAM messages to PE2 to monitor the state of the path from PE1 to PE2 (forward path); PE2 may periodically send OAM messages to PE1 to monitor the path from PE2 to PE1 (reverse path) through the OAM message to the path).
  • PE1 does not receive any OAM message sent by PE2 within a preset time (for example, 3.5 consecutive connection detection periods), it indicates that the reverse path is faulty, and PE2 can generate indication 3 according to the fault, which is used for Indicates MTN Path 1 failure.
  • PE2 When PE2 does not receive the OAM message sent by PE1 within the preset time, it indicates that the forward path is faulty, then PE2 can notify PE1 that the forward path is faulty through the OAM message, and PE1 generates indication 3 according to the OAM message. Indication 3 is used to indicate MTN Path 1 failure. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, when the forward path or the reverse path of the MTN path 1 is faulty, it is determined that the MTN path 1 is faulty as an example for description.
  • the MTN path 2 may be in an inactive state.
  • the PE1 determines that the MTN path 1 is faulty, the PE1 cannot use the MTN path 1 to transmit the data flow, and then the MTN path 2 is converted from an inactive state to an active state.
  • PE3 when MTN path 1 fails, PE3 also needs to start MTN path 2, that is, configure MTN2 path as active, so as to forward the data flow sent by CE1 or CE2 through MTN path 2 .
  • PE1 may send indication 3 to PE3.
  • the indication 3 may be carried in the APS message.
  • S402. For the specific format and implementation of the APS message, reference may be made to S402. Alternatively, PE1 only sends the instruction to PE2, and then PE2 sends the instruction to PE3.
  • PE1 may send indication 3 to PE2.
  • the indication 3 may be carried in the OAM message, and the PE3 determines that the MTN path 1 is faulty by parsing the OAM message, and then configures the MTN path 3 to be in an active state.
  • PE1 only sends indication 3 to PE2
  • S603-S606 For the implementation in which PE1 simultaneously sends indication 3 to PE3, refer to S607-S608.
  • PE2 receives indication 3 sent by PE1, and determines that MTN path 1 is faulty according to indication 3.
  • PE2 may send indication 3 to PE1. After receiving indication 3 sent by PE1, PE2 determines that MTN path 1 is faulty by parsing the indication 3. When MTN path 3 exists between PE2 and PE3, and MTN path 3 needs to be used to transmit data flow, PE2 can convert MTN path 3 from an inactive state to an active state.
  • the fourth indication may be carried in the dual-homing coordination DHC message.
  • the indication 4 carries the OAM message sent by PE2 to PE3, and PE3 determines that the MTN path 1 is faulty by parsing the OAM message.
  • PE3 configures MTN path 2 to be in an active state according to instruction 4.
  • the PE3 switches the state of its corresponding MTN path 3 from the inactive state to the active state.
  • the PE3 switches the state of the path 2 corresponding to itself from the inactive state to the active state.
  • PE3 receives indication 3 sent by PE1.
  • S608 PE1 determines that MTN path 1 is faulty according to indication 3, and configures MTN path 2 to an active state.
  • PE1 When PE1 determines that MTN path 1 is faulty, PE1 can directly send indication 3 to PE3, so that PE3 determines that MTN path 2 is faulty through the indication 3, and then switches the state of MTN path 1 from the inactive state to the active state .
  • the indication 3 may be carried in the APS message, or the indication 3 may be carried in the OAM message.
  • the method 700 may include:
  • PE1 determines that PE2 is faulty, generates indication 5, and configures MTN path 2 to an active state.
  • the PE1 can determine that the PE2 node is faulty in the following two ways. One is that the PE1 directly detects that the PE2 is faulty through the OAM message between the MTN paths 1. The other is that when PE2 fails, neither PE1 nor PE3 can receive the OAM message from PE2 within a preset time. In this case, PE1 can determine that MTN path 1 is faulty (reverse path fault), while PE3 determines that MTN path 3 is faulty, and PE3 sends an indication to PE1. PE1 can determine that the MTN path 3 is faulty through the indication, and at the same time, PE1 can determine that the node of PE2 is faulty according to the fact that it cannot receive the OAM message sent by PE2. Of course, in order to ensure the accuracy of PE1's determination of the fault of PE2, PE1 may further confirm it in other ways.
  • an indication 5 may be generated, and the indication 5 is used to instruct PE3 to start MTN path 2 and path 2.
  • the indication may be carried in the APS message or in the OAM message.
  • PE3 determines that PE2 is faulty, in order to ensure that the transmission of data flow is not interrupted, PE3 converts path 2 from an inactive state to an active state, so that PE3 transmits the data flow sent by CE2 or CE1 through link 2.
  • PE3 configures the MTN path 2 and link 2 to be in an active state according to the instruction 5.
  • PE1 cannot transmit data flow to CE1 through MTN path 1 and link 1.
  • MTN path 2 and link 1 To ensure the normal transmission of data flow, it is necessary to connect MTN path 2 and link 1 to CE1. 2 is configured as active to transmit data flow through MTN path 2 and link 2.
  • the method 800 may include:
  • PE3 determines that PE2 is faulty, generates indication 6, and configures MTN path 2 and link 2 to an active state.
  • the PE3 can determine that the PE2 node is faulty in the following two ways. One is that the PE3 directly detects that the PE2 is faulty through the OAM message between the MTN paths 3 . Another is that when PE2 fails, neither PE1 nor PE3 can receive the OAM message sent by PE2 within a preset time. In this case, PE1 can determine that MTN path 1 is faulty (reverse path fault), and PE1 sends an indication to PE3. PE3 can determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty through the indication, and at the same time, PE3 can determine that the node of PE2 is faulty according to the fact that it cannot receive the OAM message sent by PE2. Of course, in order to ensure the accuracy of PE3's determination of the fault of PE2, PE3 may further confirm it in other ways.
  • PE3 When PE3 determines that PE2 is faulty, it may generate indication 6, where indication 6 is used to instruct PE1 to switch from MTN path 1 to MTN path 2.
  • the indication may be carried in the APS message or in the OAM message.
  • PE3 determines that PE2 is faulty, in order to ensure that the data flow is not interrupted, PE3 converts MTN path 2 and link 2 from an inactive state to an active state, so that PE3 passes MTN path 2 and link 2. Transmit the data stream sent by CE2 or CE1.
  • PE1 configures MTN path 2 to an active state according to instruction 6.
  • the PE1 when the PE1 receives the indication 6, it may determine that the MTN path 1 is unavailable according to the indication 6, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the method 900 may include:
  • S901 PE2 determines that link 1 is faulty, generates indication 7, and configures MTN path 3 to an active state.
  • the status of link 1 can be continuously monitored between PE2 and CE2 through link layer OAM messages.
  • PE2 may periodically send an OAM message to CE2 to monitor the state of the link (forward link) from PE2 to CE2.
  • CE2 may periodically send an OAM message to PE2, and monitor the link (reverse link) from CE2 to PE2 through the OAM message.
  • PE2 does not receive the OAM message sent by CE2 within the preset time, it indicates that the forward link is faulty, and PE2 can generate indication 7 according to the fault, and the indication 7 is used to indicate that link 1 is faulty.
  • CE2 When CE2 does not receive the OAM message sent by PE2 within the preset time, it indicates that the reverse link is faulty, then CE2 can notify PE2 that the reverse link is faulty through the OAM message, and PE2 generates an indication according to the OAM message 7.
  • the indication 7 is used to indicate that link 1 is faulty. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, when the forward link or the reverse link of the link 1 is faulty, the fault of the link 1 is determined as an example for description.
  • PE2 when PE2 determines that link 1 is faulty but MTN path 1 is not faulty, so that PE2 can transmit data flow normally, PE2 can configure MTN path 3 to be in an active state, so that PE2 The data flow is transmitted through MTN path 3.
  • the indication 7 can be carried in the DHC message.
  • S903 PE3 determines that link 1 is faulty according to indication 7, and sets MTN path 3 and link 2 in the configured state.
  • link 2 When link 1 fails, to ensure that CE2 can transmit data flow, link 2 needs to be enabled, that is, link 2 is configured to be active. Further, in order to enable PE3 to transmit the data flow to CE1 and forward it through the PE2 node, PE3 can also start MTN path 3, that is, configure MTN path 3 to be in an active state.
  • FIG. 3a For the communication system structure diagram shown in FIG. 3b, the solution to the path failure or node failure can be referred to the description in the above embodiment.
  • the PE4 and PE2 in FIG. When the path between the two is faulty, reference may be made to the specific implementation of the above-mentioned method 400 .
  • each node may update the corresponding forwarding table by maintaining the path state table, so as to determine the forwarding path through the forwarding table.
  • MTN Path 1 link 1 MTN Path 3 forwarding behavior Active Active Active MTN Path 1 ⁇ —> Link 1 Down Active Active MTN Path 3 ⁇ —> Link 1 Active Down Active MTN path 1 ⁇ —> MTN path 3 Down Down Active throw away Down Active Down throw away
  • MTN Path 2 link 2 MTN Path 3 forwarding behavior Inactive Inactive Active throw away Active Inactive Active MTN path 3 ⁇ —> MTN path 2 Inactive Active Active Link 2 ⁇ —> MTN Path 3 Active Active Active MTN Path 2 ⁇ —> Link 2
  • MTN path 1 and link 1 corresponding to PE2 are configured to be active, while MTN path 3 can be configured to be inactive or Active state, in general, MTN path 3 is configured as active state, as shown in the first row in Table 1.
  • the forwarding path in the forwarding table corresponding to PE2 is MTN path 1 ⁇ —> link 1, that is, bidirectional forwarding is implemented through MTN path 1 and link 1.
  • MTN path 2 and link 2 corresponding to PE3 are in an inactive state
  • MTN path 3 is configured in an active state, as shown in the first row in Table 2.
  • the PE2 node can make the MTN path 3 in the active state, as shown in the second row in Table 1.
  • the forwarding path in the forwarding table corresponding to PE2 is MTN path 3 ⁇ —> link 1.
  • MTN path 2 and MTN path 3 corresponding to PE3 are in an active state, and link 2 is still in an inactive state, as shown in the second row in Table 2.
  • the forwarding path in the forwarding table corresponding to PE3 is MTN path 3 ⁇ —> MTN path 2, that is, bidirectional forwarding is realized through MTN path 3 and MTN path 2.
  • MTN path 1 When link 1 fails, MTN path 1 can still be in an active state and MTN path 3 is in an active state, as shown in the third row in Table 1.
  • the forwarding path in the forwarding table corresponding to PE2 is MTN path 1 ⁇ —> MTN path 3, that is, bidirectional forwarding is implemented through MTN path 1 and MTN path 3.
  • MTN path 2 corresponding to PE3 is still in an inactive state, and link 2 and MTN path 3 are in an active state, as shown in the third row in Table 2.
  • the forwarding path in the forwarding table of PE3 is link 2 ⁇ —> MTN path 3, that is, bidirectional forwarding is realized through link 2 and MTN path 3.
  • the MTN path 3 may be in an inactive state or an active state.
  • its corresponding forwarding behavior is empty and no operation is performed.
  • its corresponding forwarding behavior is discard, as shown in the fourth row in Table 1.
  • MTN path 2 and link 2 corresponding to PE3 are in an active state, and MTN path 3 may be in an active state or an inactive state.
  • the forwarding path corresponding to the forwarding table of PE3 is MTN path 2 ⁇ —> link 1, that is, bidirectional forwarding is implemented through MTN path 2 and link 1, as shown in the fourth row in Table 2.
  • the link 1 may be in an inactive state or an active state.
  • its corresponding forwarding behavior When in an inactive state, its corresponding forwarding behavior is empty and no operation is performed.
  • MTN path 2 and link 2 corresponding to PE3 are in an active state, and MTN path 3 is faulty.
  • the forwarding path corresponding to the forwarding table of PE3 is MTN path 2 ⁇ —> link 2, that is, bidirectional forwarding is implemented through MTN path 2 and link 2, as shown in the fifth row in Table 2.
  • MTN path 1 MTN path 2 or MTN path 3 is the active/standby path, it can be divided into three states: active state active, standby state standby, and fault state down.
  • the standby state standby can be equivalent to the inactive state inactive.
  • the MTN path 1 the MTN path 2 or the MTN path 3 is a dual-homing path, it can be divided into two states, namely the use state up and the fault state down.
  • the use state up can be equivalent to the active state active.
  • Method 1000 may include:
  • PE1 acquires a data flow corresponding to the first client client, and determines a forwarding path according to the data flow.
  • PE1 may receive a data stream corresponding to the first client client sent by CE1, and determine a corresponding forwarding path according to the data stream. Specifically, PE1 may search for a forwarding path from a forwarding table. When the forwarding path is the MTN path 2, it indicates that the MTN path 1 is unavailable, and the PE1 sends the data flow to the PE3 by using the MTN path 2.
  • the unavailability of MTN path 1 may include the following situations: one is that MTN path 1 itself is faulty; When the MTN path 1 fails, the PE1 determines that the MTN path 1 is faulty and the specific implementation of switching from the MTN path 1 to the MTN path 2 may refer to the detailed description of the method 400 or the method 600. The same or similar parts are omitted in this embodiment. Repeat. For the failure of the PE2 node, PE1 determines that the PE2 node is faulty and the specific implementation of switching from MTN path 1 to MTN path 1 may refer to method 700 or method 800 .
  • PE3 determines the forwarding path according to the data flow.
  • the PE3 may start the MTN path 3, that is, configure the MTN path 3 to be in an active state.
  • the PE3 may start the MTN path 3, that is, configure the MTN path 3 to be in an active state.
  • the PE3 when the MTN path 1 fails, the PE3 may not start the MTN path 3 but start the link 2, that is, configure the link 2 to be in an active state. Alternatively, when the PE2 node fails or link 1 fails, PE3 configures link 2 to be active.
  • the method 700 or 800 may be referred to for PE3 to determine that the node of PE2 is faulty; for PE3 to determine that the link 1 is faulty, method 900 may be referred to.
  • PE1 may receive a data stream corresponding to the first client client sent by CE1, and determine a corresponding forwarding path according to the data stream. Specifically, PE1 searches for a forwarding path from a forwarding table. When the forwarding path is the second MTN path, it indicates that the second MTN path is available, that is, it is in an active state. Then PE1 uses MTN path 1 to send the data stream to PE2.
  • PE2 determines the forwarding path according to the data flow.
  • PE2 when the forwarding path determined by PE2 is MTN path 3, indicating that link 1 is faulty, PE2 configures MTN path 3 to be in an active state, so as to use this MTN path 3 to transmit data flows.
  • MTN path 3 For the specific implementation of PE2 determining that link 1 is faulty and PE2 configuring MTN path 3 to be in an active state, reference may be made to the relevant description of method 900 .
  • PE3 sends the data stream to CE2 through link 2.
  • the method 1100 may include:
  • PE1 receives the data stream sent by CE1.
  • CE1 can provide services for multiple clients.
  • CE1 corresponds to client1 and client2, and both client1 and client2 can send data streams to CE2 with CE1.
  • PE1 determines the client identifier corresponding to the data stream.
  • the data stream may include a client identifier, so as to indicate the client sending the data stream through the client identifier.
  • PE1 can pre-configure forwarding paths corresponding to different customer data flows. When PE1 receives a data flow from CE1, it determines the customer ID by parsing the data flow, and then forwards the data according to the customer ID and the customer ID. The corresponding relationship of the paths is determined, and the forwarding path is determined to forward the data flow by using the forwarding path corresponding to the client identifier.
  • the PE1 when the client is identified as the first client client, the PE1 can use the MTN path 1 to transmit the data stream. That is, PE1 transmits the data stream to PE2 through MTN path 1 . It should be noted that when the data stream received by PE1 is an Ethernet frame, before PE1 sends the data stream to PE2, PE1 divides the data stream into one or more code blocks of 64B/66B size, and then transmits the data stream through MTN path 1. The code block is forwarded to PE2.
  • the PE1 when the client identifier is the second client client, the PE1 can use the MTN path 2 to transmit the data stream. That is, PE1 transmits the data stream to PE3 through MTN path 2 . It should be noted that when the data stream received by PE1 is an Ethernet frame, before PE1 sends the data stream to PE3, PE1 divides the data stream into one or more 64B/66B code blocks, and then transmits the data stream through MTN path 2. The code block is forwarded to PE3.
  • FIG. 12a is a structural diagram of an MTN multi-homing communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application, wherein the MTN communication system includes a first communication device 101, a second communication device 102, and a third communication device 103, and the third communication device
  • the device 103 is respectively connected to the first communication device 101 and the second communication device 102 through the first MTN path and the second MTN path, and the first communication device 101 and the second communication device are communicatively connected through the third MTN path.
  • the MTN communication system shown in FIG. 12a may further include a fourth communication device 104, and the fourth communication device 104 connects the first communication device 101 and the second communication device through the first path and the second path, respectively Device 102, as shown in Figure 12b.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 12a or 12b can be applied to the network scenario shown in FIG. 3a or 3b.
  • the first communication device 101, the second communication device 102 and the third communication device 103 may, for example, correspond to PE1, PE2 and PE3 shown in FIG. 3a or FIG. 3b, respectively.
  • the first MTN path may be, for example, MTN path 2
  • the second MTN path may be, for example, MTN path 1 .
  • the fourth communication device 104 may be, for example, CE2 shown in Fig. 3a or PE4 shown in Fig. 3b.
  • the communication system described in Fig. 12a or Fig. 12b can be used to perform the method described in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a multi-homing communication method 1300 in a network provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the network includes a first communication device, a second communication device, and a third communication device, wherein the third communication devices are respectively The first communication device and the second communication device are connected through a first MTN path and a second MTN path.
  • the method 1300 may be applied to the network architecture shown in Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 12a or Figure 12b.
  • the method 1300 can specifically be used to perform one or more operations in the above-mentioned method 400 , method 600 or method 700 , method 800 , method 1000 and method 1100 , and the method 1300 includes:
  • S1301 Transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client client through the second MTN path.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second MTN path corresponds to MTN path 1 in method 1000
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second MTN path corresponds to MTN path 3 in method 1000
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second MTN path is MTN path 2 in method 1000 .
  • the method 1300 may further include:
  • S1302 Transmit the data stream corresponding to the second client client through the first MTN path.
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 1100
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path in the method 1100. 1.
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG.
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first MTN path is MTN path 1 in the corresponding method 1100
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first MTN path is the MTN path 3 in the corresponding method 1100 .
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the second MTN path; when the second MTN path is unavailable, the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the first MTN path.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG.
  • the MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 1000
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 1000
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the first MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 1000 .
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path in method 1000 2.
  • the first MTN path may correspond to the MTN path 3 in the method 1000 .
  • the method before using the first MTN path to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client, the method further includes:
  • the first indication sent by the second communication apparatus it is determined that the second MTN path is faulty, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 400
  • the second communication device may be PE2 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first indication may correspond to indication 2 in method 400
  • the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 400 .
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 600
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a, and the first indication may correspond to the indication 3 in the method 600
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a , and the first indication may correspond to indication 4 in method 600 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a, for example, the first indication may correspond to indication 6 in method 800, and the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 800.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first indication may correspond to the indication 7 in the method 900
  • the second MTN path is link 1.
  • the method before determining that the second MTN path is faulty, the method further includes:
  • the first communication device receives the first indication from the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first indication may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a, or the first communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the first communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the first communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first indication may correspond to indication 5 in method 700 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the first indication is carried in a dual-homing coordinated DHC message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first communication device sends a second instruction to the third communication device, instructing the third communication device to switch the transmission path of the data stream corresponding to the first client from the second MTN path to the first MTN path.
  • the second indication may correspond to the indication 2 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 400
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE1 in the method 400
  • the second MTN path may correspond to The MTN path 1 and the first MTN path in the method 400 may correspond to the MTN path 2 in the method 400 .
  • the second indication may correspond to the indication 4 in the method 600
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE2 in the method 600
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 600.
  • the second indication is included in the automatic protection switching APS message.
  • the method before using the first MTN path to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client, the method further includes:
  • the third communication device receives the first indication from the second communication device.
  • the first indication may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400
  • the second communication device may correspond to the PE2 in the method 400
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE1 in the method 400
  • the third communication device It can correspond to PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the third communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the first indication is carried in the operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the method before using the first MTN path to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client, the method further includes:
  • the third communication apparatus receives an indication message sent by the first communication apparatus, where the indication message is used to instruct the third communication apparatus to switch the second MTN path to the first MTN path.
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 400
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may correspond to PE2 in method 700
  • the third communication device may correspond to PE3 or PE1 in method 700
  • the indication message may correspond to indication 1 in method 700
  • the first communication apparatus may correspond to PE3 in method 700
  • the third communication apparatus may correspond to PE1 in method 700
  • the indication message may correspond to indication 2 in method 700 .
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 400
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may correspond to PE1 in method 600
  • the third communication device may correspond to PE2 or PE3 in method 600
  • the indication message may correspond to indication 3 in method 600
  • the first communication device may correspond to PE2 in method 600
  • the third communication device may correspond to PE3 in method 600
  • the indication message may correspond to indication 4 in method 600 .
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE1 in the method 700
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 700
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 700
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the method MTN path 1 in 700.
  • the indication message mentioned here may correspond to indication 5 in the method 700 .
  • the indication message mentioned here may correspond to the indication 6 in the method 800
  • the third communication device mentioned here may correspond to the PE1 in the method 800
  • the first communication device mentioned here may correspond to the PE1 in the method 800. It may correspond to PE3 in the method 800
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 800
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 800 .
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE2 in the method 900
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 900
  • the instruction message corresponds to the instruction 7 in the method 900
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the method 900
  • the link 2 in , the second MTN path corresponds to the link 1 in the method 900 .
  • the method before using the first MTN path to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client, the method further includes:
  • the third indication sent by the third communication apparatus it is determined that the second MTN path is faulty, and the third indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 400
  • the third communication device may be PE2 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the third indication may correspond to indication 2 in method 400
  • the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 400 .
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a, and the third indication may correspond to the indication 3 in the method 600;
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a , and the third indication may correspond to indication 4 in method 600 .
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a, the third indication may correspond to indication 7 in method 900, and the second MTN path is link 1.
  • the third indication is sent by the third communication apparatus to the first communication apparatus.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a , and the third indication may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400 .
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a, or the first communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the first communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the first communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the third indication is included in the automatic protection switching APS message.
  • the third indication is sent by the third communication device to the second communication device.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a , and the third indication may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a, or the second communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the second communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a, for example, the second communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3a, and the third indication may correspond to indication 6 in method 800.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the third indication is included in the operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the method before using the first MTN path to transmit the data stream corresponding to the first client, the method further includes:
  • the second communication apparatus sends a first indication to the first communication apparatus or the third communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the first indication mentioned here may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400
  • the second communication device corresponds to the PE2 in the method 400
  • the first communication device corresponds to the PE3 in the method 400
  • the third communication device corresponds to the PE2 in the method 400.
  • the device corresponds to PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the first indication mentioned here may correspond to the indication 3 in the method 400
  • the second communication device may correspond to the PE1 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 400
  • the third The communication device may correspond to PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the first indication is written in a dual-homing coordination DHC message or an operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the MTN communication system may further include a fourth communication device 104, and the fourth communication device 104 is connected to the first communication device 101 and the second communication device 102 through a first path and a second path, respectively, as shown in FIG. 12b.
  • the fourth communication device mentioned here may correspond to CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG.
  • the first path mentioned above may correspond to link 2 in FIG. 3a
  • the second path mentioned here may correspond to link 1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the fourth communication device mentioned here may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • One path may correspond to MTN path 2 in FIG. 3a
  • the second path may correspond to MTN path 1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are communicatively connected through a third MTN path, and the method further includes:
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the first MTN path, the third MTN path, and the second path.
  • the fourth communication device is, for example, CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first MTN path mentioned here may correspond to the MTN path 2 in the party 1000
  • the third MTN path mentioned here may correspond to the MTN path 3 in the method 1000, which is mentioned here
  • the second path of may correspond to link 1 in method 1000
  • the fourth communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a.
  • CE2 the second path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 1000
  • the first MTN path may correspond to link 2 in method 1000
  • the third MTN path may correspond to MTN path 3 in method 1000 .
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are communicatively connected through a third MTN path, and the method further includes:
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the second MTN path, the third MTN path and the first path.
  • the fourth communication device is, for example, CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the second MTN path mentioned here may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 1000
  • the second path mentioned here may correspond to link 1 in method 1000
  • the first path mentioned here may correspond to link 1 in method 1000
  • the three MTN paths may correspond to the MTN path 3 in the method 1000
  • the first path mentioned here may correspond to the link 2 in the method 1000
  • the fourth communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a.
  • CE2 the first path may correspond to MTN path 2 in method 1000
  • the second MTN path may correspond to link 1 in method 1000
  • the third MTN path may correspond to MTN path 3 in method 1000 .
  • the method further includes:
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the first MTN path and the first path.
  • the fourth communication device is, for example, CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device is, for example, The PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the second path mentioned here may correspond to the link 1 in the method 1000
  • the second MTN path mentioned here may correspond to the MTN path 1 in the method 1000
  • the first MTN path may correspond to the MTN path 2 in the method 1000
  • the first path mentioned here may correspond to the link 2 in the method 1000
  • the fourth communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a.
  • CE2 the first path may correspond to MTN path 2 in method 1000
  • the first MTN path may correspond to link 2 in method 1000
  • the third MTN path may correspond to MTN path 3 in method 1000 .
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a multi-homing communication method in a network provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the multi-homing communication method 1400 shown in FIG. 14 can be applied to the MTN communication system shown in FIG. 3a, FIG. 3b or FIG. 12b. , the method can include:
  • the method 1400 may further include:
  • the third communication device is the CE2 in the method 1000
  • the second communication device is the PE2 in the method 1000
  • the first communication device is the PE3 in the method 1000
  • the second path is the chain in the method 1000.
  • Path 1 the first path is link 2 in method 1000
  • the first MTN path is MTN path 3 in method 1000.
  • the third communication device is PE1 in method 1000
  • the second communication device is PE2 in method 1000
  • the first communication device is PE3 in method 1000
  • the first path is MTN path 2 in method 1000
  • the second communication device is PE3 in method 1000.
  • the path is MTN path 1 in method 1000
  • the first MTN path is MTN path 3 in method 1000 .
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the second path, including:
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the first MTN path and the second path.
  • the third communication device is CE2 in method 1000
  • the second communication device is PE2 in method 1000
  • the first communication device is PE3 in method 1000
  • the first MTN path mentioned here which corresponds to the MTN path 3 in the method 1000
  • the second path mentioned here corresponds to the link 1 in the method 1000
  • the third communication device is PE1 in method 1000
  • the second communication device is PE2 in method 1000
  • the first communication device is PE3 in method 1000
  • the second path is MTN path 1 in method 1000
  • the first MTN The path is MTN path 3 in method 1000 .
  • the method when the second path is unavailable, the method further includes:
  • the first communication apparatus determines that the second path is faulty according to the indication message sent by the second communication apparatus, where the indication message is used to indicate that the second path is faulty.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the indication message may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a, or the first communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the first communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the first communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the first communication device mentioned here corresponds to PE3 in the method 900
  • the second communication device mentioned here corresponds to the PE2 in the method 900
  • the indication mentioned here message corresponding to indication 7 in method 900 .
  • the indication message is carried in a dual-homing coordination DHC message.
  • the MTN communication system further includes a fourth communication apparatus, and the fourth communication apparatus is connected to the first communication apparatus and the second communication apparatus through the second MTN path and the third MTN path, respectively.
  • the fourth communication device mentioned herein may correspond to the PE1 in the method 1000
  • the first communication device corresponds to the PE3 in the method 1000
  • the second communication device corresponds to the PE2 in the method 1000
  • the The second MTN path mentioned here corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 1000
  • the third MTN path mentioned here corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 1000
  • the fourth communication device is, for example, CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the second MTN path mentioned here may correspond to link 2 in method 1000
  • the third MTN path mentioned here may correspond to link 1 in method 1000 .
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the first path and the first MTN path, including:
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the third MTN path, the first MTN path, and the first path.
  • the fourth communication device mentioned here may correspond to the PE1 in the method 1000, the first communication device corresponds to the PE3 in the method 1000, and the second communication device corresponds to the PE2 in the method 1000, here
  • the third MTN path mentioned corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 1000
  • the first MTN path mentioned here corresponds to the MTN path 3 in the method 1000
  • the first path mentioned here corresponds to the MTN path 3 in the method 1000 .
  • link 2 Alternatively, the fourth communication device is, for example, CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG.
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first MTN path mentioned here corresponds to the MTN path 3 in the method 1000
  • the first path mentioned here corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 1000
  • the third MTN path mentioned here may correspond to the chain in the method 1000 Road 1.
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the second path, including:
  • the data stream corresponding to the first client is transmitted through the second MTN path, the first MTN path, and the second path.
  • the fourth communication device corresponds to PE1 in method 1000
  • the second communication device corresponds to PE2 in method 1000
  • the first communication device corresponds to PE1 in method 1000
  • the third MTN path mentioned here corresponding to MTN path 1 in method 1000
  • the first MTN path mentioned here corresponding to MTN path 3 in method 1000
  • the second MTN path mentioned here corresponding to MTN path 2 in method 1000
  • the mentioned second path corresponds to link 1 in method 1000 .
  • the fourth communication device corresponds to CE2 in method 1000
  • the first communication device corresponds to PE3 in method 1000
  • the second communication device corresponds to PE2 in method 1000
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the chain in method 1000 Path 2
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 3 in the method 1000
  • the second path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 1000.
  • the method 1500 can be applied to the MTN communication system shown in FIG. 12 a or FIG. 12 b , and the method includes:
  • the method before setting the state of the first MTN path to an active state, the method further includes:
  • S1501 Determine that the second MTN is faulty according to the first indication sent by the second communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the first indication mentioned here may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400
  • the second MTN path may correspond to the MTN path 1 in the method 400
  • the second communication device may correspond to the method 400.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first indication may correspond to indication 2 in method 400
  • the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 400 .
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 600
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a, and the first indication may correspond to the indication 3 in the method 600
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a , and the first indication may correspond to indication 4 in method 600 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a, for example, the first indication may correspond to indication 6 in method 800, and the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 800.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first indication may correspond to indication 7 in method 900
  • the second MTN path is link 1.
  • the method before determining that the second MTN path is faulty, the method further includes:
  • the first communication device receives the first indication from the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may correspond to PE2 in method 400, and the first communication device mentioned here may correspond to PE3 in method 400; or, the first communication device may be the one in FIG. 3a PE1.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the first communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the first communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first indication may correspond to indication 5 in method 700 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first indication may correspond to indication 6 in method 800 .
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the first indication is carried in a dual-homing coordinated DHC message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first communication device sends a second indication to the third communication device, instructing the third communication device to configure the first MTN path to an active state.
  • the second indication mentioned here may correspond to the indication 2 in the method 400
  • the first communication device corresponds to the PE3 in the method 400
  • the third communication device corresponds to the PE1 in the method 400.
  • the second indication may correspond to the indication 4 in the method 600
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE2 in the method 600
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 600.
  • the second indication is included in the automatic protection switching APS message.
  • the APS message mentioned here may correspond to the APS message in the method 400.
  • the related description of the APS message refer to the related description of the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method before determining that the second MTN path method is faulty, the method further includes:
  • the third communication device receives the first indication from the second communication device.
  • the first indication may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400
  • the second communication device may correspond to the PE2 in the method 400
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE1 in the method 400
  • the third communication device may correspond to PE3 in method 400 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the third communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the third communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first indication may correspond to indication 5 in method 700 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the third communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first indication may correspond to indication 6 in method 800 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the first indication is carried in the operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the OAM message mentioned here may correspond to the OAM message in the method 400.
  • the related description of the OAM message refer to the related description of the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method before configuring the first MTN path to an active state, the method further includes:
  • the third communication apparatus receives an indication message sent by the first communication apparatus, where the indication message is used to instruct the third communication apparatus to configure the first MTN path as an active state.
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 400
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may correspond to PE2 in method 700
  • the third communication device may correspond to PE3 or PE1 in method 700
  • the indication message may correspond to indication 1 in method 700
  • the first communication apparatus may correspond to PE3 in method 700
  • the third communication apparatus may correspond to PE1 in method 700
  • the indication message may correspond to indication 2 in method 700 .
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 400
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may correspond to PE1 in method 600
  • the third communication device may correspond to PE2 or PE3 in method 600
  • the indication message may correspond to indication 3 in method 600
  • the first communication device may correspond to PE2 in method 600
  • the third communication device may correspond to PE3 in method 600
  • the indication message may correspond to indication 4 in method 600 .
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE1 in the method 700
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 700
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 700
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the method MTN path 1 in 700.
  • the indication message mentioned here may correspond to indication 5 in the method 700 .
  • the indication message mentioned here may correspond to the indication 6 in the method 800
  • the third communication device mentioned here may correspond to the PE1 in the method 800
  • the A communication device may correspond to PE3 in method 800
  • the second MTN path corresponds to MTN path 1 in method 800
  • the first MTN path corresponds to MTN path 2 in method 800 .
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE2 in the method 900
  • the third communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 900
  • the instruction message corresponds to the instruction 7 in the method 900
  • the first MTN path corresponds to the method 900
  • the link 2 in , the second MTN path corresponds to the link 1 in the method 900 .
  • the method before configuring the first MTN path to an active state, the method further includes:
  • the third indication sent by the third communication apparatus it is determined that the second MTN path is faulty, and the third indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 400
  • the third communication device may be PE2 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the third indication may correspond to indication 2 in method 400
  • the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 400 .
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a, and the third indication may correspond to the indication 3 in the method 600;
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a , and the third indication may correspond to indication 4 in method 600 .
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a, for example, the third indication may correspond to indication 6 in method 800, and the second MTN path may correspond to MTN path 1 in method 800.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a, the third indication may correspond to indication 7 in method 900, and the second MTN path is link 1.
  • the third indication mentioned here may correspond to the indication 3 in the method 600
  • the third communication device corresponds to the PE1 in the method 600
  • the second MTN path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 600 .
  • the third indication is sent by the third communication apparatus to the first communication apparatus.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a , and the third indication may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400 .
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a, or the first communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the first communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the first communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the third indication may correspond to indication 6 in method 800.
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the third indication is included in the automatic protection switching APS message.
  • the APS message mentioned here may correspond to the APS message in the method 600.
  • the related description of the APS message refer to the related description of the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the third indication is sent by the third communication device to the second communication device.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3 a , and the third indication may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400 .
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a, or the second communication device may be PE1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the second communication device may be PE2 in FIG. 3a, or, for example, the second communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3a.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3 a
  • the second communication device may be PE3 in FIG. 3 a
  • the third indication may correspond to indication 5 in method 700 .
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG.
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • the third indication is included in the operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the OAM message mentioned here may correspond to the OAM message in the method 600.
  • the related description of the OAM message refer to the related description of the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method before determining that the second MTN path is faulty, the method further includes:
  • the second communication apparatus sends a first indication to the first communication apparatus or the third communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the first indication mentioned here may correspond to the indication 1 in the method 400
  • the second communication device corresponds to the PE2 in the method 400
  • the first communication device corresponds to the PE3 in the method 400
  • the third communication device corresponds to the PE3 in the method 400.
  • the communication device corresponds to PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the first indication mentioned here may correspond to the indication 3 in the method 400
  • the second communication device may correspond to the PE1 in the method 400
  • the first communication device may correspond to the PE3 in the method 400
  • the third The communication device may correspond to PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the first indication is written in a dual-homing coordination DHC message or an operation maintenance management OAM message.
  • the MTN communication system further includes a fourth communication apparatus, and the fourth communication apparatus connects the first communication apparatus and the second communication apparatus through the first path and the second path, respectively, as shown in FIG. 12b .
  • the fourth communication device mentioned here may correspond to CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG.
  • the first path mentioned above may correspond to link 2 in FIG. 3a
  • the second path mentioned here may correspond to link 1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the fourth communication device mentioned here may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG.
  • One path may correspond to MTN path 2 in FIG. 3a
  • the second path may correspond to MTN path 1 in FIG. 3a.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are communicatively connected through a third MTN path, and the method further includes:
  • the third MTN path is configured to be active when the second path is available.
  • the fourth communication device is, for example, CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device is, for example, The PE1 in FIG. 3a, the third MTN path mentioned here, may correspond to the MTN path 3 in the method 900, and the second path mentioned here may correspond to the link 1 in the method 900.
  • the fourth communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a.
  • CE2 the second path corresponds to the MTN path 1 in the method 900
  • the third MTN path may correspond to the MTN path 3 in the method 900.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are communicatively connected through a third MTN path, and the method further includes:
  • the first path is configured to be active when the second path is unavailable.
  • the fourth communication device is, for example, CE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device is, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device is, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device is, for example, PE1 in Fig. 3a
  • the second path mentioned here may correspond to link 1 in method 900
  • the third MTN path mentioned here may correspond to MTN path 3 in method 900
  • the The first path may correspond to link 2 in method 900
  • the fourth communication device may be, for example, PE1 in FIG. 3a
  • the first communication device may be, for example, PE3 in FIG. 3a
  • the second communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a
  • the third communication device may be, for example, PE2 in FIG. 3a.
  • CE2 the first path corresponds to the MTN path 2 in the method 900 .
  • method 1300 , method 1400 and method 1500 please refer to the descriptions of method 40 , method 600 , method 700 , method 800 , method 900 , method 1000 and method 1100 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 includes a transceiver unit 1601 and a processing unit 1602 .
  • the communication device 1600 may be used to perform method 400, method 600-method 1100, and method 1300-method 1500 in the above examples.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to acquire the indication 1, where the indication 1 is used to indicate that the MTN path 1 is faulty, and the transceiver unit 1601 is used to execute the sending of the indication 1.
  • the communication device 1600 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication device 1600 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication device 1600 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the instruction 1 sent by the PE2, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 1, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the instruction 1 sent by the PE2, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 1, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to obtain the instruction 3 and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state, and the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to send the instruction 3.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the instruction 3 sent by the PE1, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 3.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the instruction 3 sent by the PE1, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 3, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to generate the indication 5 and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state, and the transceiver unit 1601 is used to send the indication 5.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the instruction 5 sent by the PE1, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 and the link 2 to be in an active state according to the instruction 5.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to generate the indication 6, and configure the MTN path 2 and link 2 to be in an active state, and the transceiver unit 1601 is used to send the indication 6.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the instruction 6 sent by the PE3, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 to an active state according to the instruction 6.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform determining that link 1 is faulty, generate indication 7 , configure MTN path 3 to be in an active state, and the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to send indication 7 .
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the instruction 7 sent by the PE2, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 and the link 2 to an active state according to the instruction 7.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 1000.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 1000 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 1000 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine the forwarding path according to the data flow, and the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to send the data flow to PE3 according to the MTN path 2 .
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 1000.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE2 in the method 1000 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 1000 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the data stream sent by the PE1, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine the forwarding path according to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 1000.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 1000 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 1000 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the data stream sent by PE1 and send the data stream to CE2 through link 2, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine the forwarding path according to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1100 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1100 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 1100.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 1100 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 1100.
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the data stream sent by CE1 and send the data stream through MTN path 1 or MTN path 2, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine the client identifier corresponding to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the first indication sent by the second communication device and send the third indication to the third communication device, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty according to the first indication.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication apparatus in the method 1300 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is used to send the first indication, and the processing unit 1602 is used to determine that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the third communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the third communication apparatus in the method 1300 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the first instruction or the second instruction, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty, and switch the second MTN path to the first MTN path.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiments, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiments, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to send a data stream to the second communication device through the third MTN path, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the second path is faulty, and configure the third MTN path to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive the data stream sent by the first communication device through the third MTN path, and send the data stream to the fourth communication device through the second path
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty, and Configure the third MTN path to be active.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the fourth communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the fourth communication apparatus in the method 1400 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the fourth communication apparatus in the method 1400 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to send a data stream to the first communication device through the first path, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the second path is faulty, and configure the first path to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive a first indication sent by the second communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to configure the first MTN path to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is used to send the first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processing unit 1602 is used to configure the third MTN path to an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1600 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1600 may be equivalent to the third communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the transceiving unit 1601 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the third communication apparatus in the method 1500 .
  • the processing unit 1602 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the third communication apparatus in the method 1500 .
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is configured to receive a first indication sent by the second communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processing unit 1602 is configured to configure the first MTN path to be in an active state.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1700 includes a communication interface 1701 and a processor 1702 connected to the communication interface 1701 .
  • the communication device 1700 can be used to perform the method 400, the method 600-method 1100, and the method 1300-method 1500 in the above embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to acquire the indication 1, where the indication 1 is used to indicate that the MTN path 1 is faulty, and the communication interface 1701 is used to execute sending the indication 1.
  • the communication device 1700 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication device 1700 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication device 1700 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the instruction 1 sent by the PE2, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 1, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication device 1700 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication device 1700 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication device 1700 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the instruction 1 sent by the PE2, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 1, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to obtain the instruction 3 and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state, and the communication interface 1701 is configured to send the instruction 3.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the indication 3 sent by the PE1, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the indication 3.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the instruction 3 sent by the PE1, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 3, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the processor 1702 is used to generate the indication 5 and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state, and the communication interface 1701 is used to send the indication 5.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the instruction 5 sent by the PE1, and the processor 1702 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 and the link 2 to an active state according to the instruction 5.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the processor 1702 is used to generate the indication 6 and configure the MTN path 2 and the link 2 to be in an active state, and the communication interface 1701 is used to send the indication 6.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the instruction 6 sent by the PE3, and the processor 1702 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state according to the instruction 6.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform determining that the link 1 is faulty, generate the indication 7 , configure the MTN path 3 to be in an active state, and the communication interface 1701 is configured to send the indication 7 .
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the instruction 7 sent by the PE2, and the processor 1702 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 and the link 2 to an active state according to the instruction 7.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 1000 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 1000 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 1000 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to determine the forwarding path according to the data flow, and the communication interface 1701 is configured to send the data flow to PE3 according to the MTN path 2 .
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 1000.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE2 in the method 1000 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 1000 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the data stream sent by the PE1, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine the forwarding path according to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1000 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 1000.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 1000 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 1000 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the data stream sent by PE1 and send the data stream to CE2 through the link 2, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine the forwarding path according to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1100 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1100 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 1100.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 1100 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 1100 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used for receiving the data stream sent by CE1 and sending the data stream through MTN path 1 or MTN path 2, and the processor 1702 is used for determining the client identifier corresponding to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiments, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiments, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used for performing the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the first indication sent by the second communication device and send the third indication to the third communication device, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty according to the first indication.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to send the first indication, and the processor 1702 is used to determine that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the third communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the first instruction or the second instruction, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty, and switch the second MTN path to the first MTN path.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to send a data stream to the second communication device through the third MTN path, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the second path is faulty, and configure the third MTN path to an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive the data stream sent by the first communication device through the third MTN path, and send the data stream to the fourth communication device through the second path, the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty, and Configure the third MTN path to be active.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiments, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiments, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the fourth communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the fourth communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the fourth communication apparatus in the method 1400 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to send a data stream to the first communication device through the first path, and the processor 1702 is configured to determine that the second path is faulty, and configure the first path to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive a first indication sent by the second communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processor 1702 is configured to configure the first MTN path to an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is used for sending the first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processor 1702 is used for configuring the third MTN path to an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1700 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1700 may be equivalent to the third communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the communication interface 1701 is used to perform the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the third communication apparatus in the method 1500 .
  • the communication interface 1701 is configured to receive a first indication sent by the second communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processor 1702 is configured to configure the first MTN path to an active state.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1800 can be used to execute the method 400, the method 600-method 1100, and the method 1300-method 1500 in the above embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may include a processor 1810 , a memory 1820 coupled to the processor 1810 , and a transceiver 1830 .
  • the transceiver 1070 may be, for example, a communication interface, an optical module, or the like.
  • the processor 1810 may be a central processing unit (English: central processing unit, abbreviation: CPU), a network processor (English: network processor, abbreviation: NP), or a combination of CPU and NP.
  • the processor may also be an application-specific integrated circuit (English: application-specific integrated circuit, abbreviation: ASIC), a programmable logic device (English: programmable logic device, abbreviation: PLD) or a combination thereof.
  • the above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logic device (English: complex programmable logic device, abbreviation: CPLD), a field programmable logic gate array (English: field-programmable gate array, abbreviation: FPGA), a general-purpose array logic (English: generic array logic, abbreviation: GAL) or any combination thereof.
  • the processor 1010 may refer to one processor, or may include multiple processors.
  • the memory 1020 may include volatile memory (English: volatile memory), such as random-access memory (English: random-access memory, abbreviation: RAM); the memory may also include non-volatile memory (English: non-volatile memory) , such as read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviation: ROM), flash memory (English: flash memory), hard disk (English: hard disk drive, abbreviation: HDD) or solid-state drive (English: solid-state drive , abbreviation: SSD); the memory 1820 may also include a combination of the above-mentioned types of memory.
  • the memory 1820 may refer to one memory, or may include multiple memories.
  • computer-readable instructions are stored in the memory 1820 , and the computer-readable instructions include a plurality of software modules, such as a sending module 1821 , a processing module 1822 and a receiving module 1823 .
  • the processor 1810 can perform corresponding operations according to the instructions of each software module.
  • an operation performed by a software module actually refers to an operation performed by the processor 1810 according to the instruction of the software module.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 400 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to acquire the indication 1, where the indication 1 is used to indicate that the MTN path 1 is faulty, and the transceiver 1830 is used to execute sending the indication 1.
  • the communication device 1800 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication device 1800 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication device 1800 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the instruction 1 sent by the PE2, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 1, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the instruction 1 sent by the PE2, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 1, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 600 .
  • the processor 1810 is used to perform the acquisition of the indication 3 and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state, and the transceiver 1830 is used to transmit the indication 3.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the indication 3 sent by the PE1, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the indication 3.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 600 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the instruction 3 sent by the PE1, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the MTN path 1 is faulty according to the instruction 3, and configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 700 .
  • the processor 1810 is used to generate the indication 5 and configure the MTN path 2 to the active state, and the transceiver 1830 is used to transmit the indication 5.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 700 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the indication 5 sent by the PE1, and the processor 1810 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 and the link 2 to be in an active state according to the indication 5.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 800 .
  • the processor 1810 is used to generate the indication 6 and configure the MTN path 2 and link 2 to be active, and the transceiver 1830 is used to transmit the indication 6.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 800 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 800 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the instruction 6 sent by the PE3, and the processor 1810 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 to be in an active state according to the instruction 6.
  • the communication device 1800 may execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, and when the communication device 1800 is used to execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, the communication device 1800 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 900 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform determining that link 1 is faulty, generate indication 7 , configure MTN path 3 to an active state, and transceiver 1830 is configured to transmit indication 7 .
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 900 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 900 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the instruction 7 sent by the PE2, and the processor 1810 is configured to configure the MTN path 2 and the link 2 to an active state according to the instruction 7.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 1000.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 1000 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 1000 .
  • the processor 1810 is used for determining the forwarding path according to the data flow, and the transceiver 1830 is used for sending the data flow to PE3 according to the MTN path 2 .
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE2 in the method 1000.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE2 in the method 1000 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE2 in the method 1000 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the data stream sent by the PE1, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine the forwarding path according to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1000 in the above embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE3 in the method 1000.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE3 in the method 1000 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE3 in the method 1000 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the data stream sent by PE1 and send the data stream to CE2 through the link 2, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine the forwarding path according to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1100 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1100 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to PE1 in the method 1100.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the PE1 in the method 1100 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operations performed by the PE1 in the method 1100 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the data stream sent by CE1 and send the data stream through MTN path 1 or MTN path 2, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine the client identifier corresponding to the data stream.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiments, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiments, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the first indication sent by the second communication device and send the third indication to the third communication device, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty according to the first indication.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is used to transmit the first indication, and the processor 1810 is used to determine that the second MTN path is faulty.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1300 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the third communication in the method 1300 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method 1300 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the first indication or the second indication, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty, and switch the second MTN path to the first MTN path.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to send a data stream to the second communication device through the third MTN path, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the second path is faulty, and configure the third MTN path to an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive the data stream sent by the first communication device through the third MTN path, and send the data stream to the fourth communication device through the second path, the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the second MTN path is faulty, and Configure the third MTN path to be active.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1400 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the fourth communication in the method 1400 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the fourth communication device in the method 1400 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the fourth communication apparatus in the method 1400 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to send a data stream to the first communication device through the first path, and the processor 1810 is configured to determine that the second path is faulty, and configure the first path to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiments, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiments, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the first communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the first communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive a first indication sent by the second communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processor 1810 is configured to configure the first MTN path to be in an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the second communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the second communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is used to send the first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processor 1810 is used to configure the third MTN path to an active state.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 may execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, and when the communication apparatus 1800 is used to execute the method 1500 in the above embodiment, the communication apparatus 1800 may be equivalent to the third communication in the method 1500 device.
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to perform the transceiving operation performed by the third communication device in the method 1500 .
  • the processor 1810 is configured to perform operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the third communication apparatus in the method 1500 .
  • the transceiver 1830 is configured to receive a first indication sent by the second communication apparatus, where the first indication is used to indicate that the second MTN path is faulty, and the processor 1810 is configured to configure the first MTN path to be in an active state.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer is executed by the first communication device in the above embodiments. A step of.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer is executed by the second communication device in the above embodiments. A step of.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the computer is executed by the third communication device in the above embodiments. A step of.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer is executed by the fourth communication device in the above embodiments. A step of.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a communication system, including any first communication device, any second communication device, any third communication device, and any fourth communication device mentioned in the above embodiments .
  • the communication system is used to perform one or more operations involved in any one of the methods mentioned in the above embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including at least one memory and at least one processor, where the at least one memory stores instructions, and the at least one processor executes the instructions, so that the communication system executes the foregoing implementation of the present application Any one or more of the methods described in any of the examples (eg, method 400, method 600, and method 700) operate.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of units is only a logical business division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • Units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each service unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of a software business unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented as a software business unit and sold or used as a stand-alone product, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, Read-Only Memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), Random Access Memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • the services described in the present invention may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • the services may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例公开了一种应用在MTN或SPN中的通信方法及系统，其中，MTN通信系统包括第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置，该第三通信装置分别通过第一MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接第一通信装置和第二通信装置，对于第三通信装置，当其接收到第一客户client对应的数据流时，如果第二MTN路径可用，则第三通信装置通过第二MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流；如果第二MTN路径不可用，则第三通信装置通过第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流，保证数据流的正常传输。而且，对于第三通信装置，还可以实现负载分担，其利用第二MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流，利用第一MTN路径传输第二client对应的数据流。

Description

一种应用在城域传送网络MTN或分片分组网络SPN中的通信方法及系统
本申请要求于2020年11月16日提交的申请号为202011282559.X、申请名称为“一种应用在城域传送网络MTN或分片分组网络SPN中的通信方法及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种应用在城域传送网络(metro transport network，MTN)或分片分组网络(slicing packet network，SPN)中的通信方法及系统。
背景技术
灵活以太网(flex ethernet，FlexE)是一种支持各种以太媒体介质控制(media access control，MAC)速率业务的技术。它将一个或多个以太物理(PHY)链路绑定在一起，提供灵活的信道化子速率。例如，对于每个100GBASE-R的PHY，它将其划分为20个时隙(slot)的数据承载通道，而每个时隙对应的带宽为5Gbps。而对于每个50GBASE-R的PHY，将其则划分为10个时隙的数据承载通道。灵活以太网客户(FlexE Client)的原始数据流的以太帧以64/66字节(byte)编码的码块为单位进行切分，然后每个码块通过灵活以太网垫层(FlexE Shim)调度到灵活以太网组(FlexE Group)的一个或多个PHY的若干时隙上进行发送。
在新型传送技术中，如MTN技术，可以将以太帧业务以一系列的64B/66B码块的形式从网络一端通过一跳或多跳节点转发到网络另一端，最后又恢复成以太帧的业务。网络中间的每跳节点均能够接收64B/66B码块，并按照一定的路径转发64B/66B码块到下一跳节点。然而，当转发路径出现故障时，导致业务中断，影响业务传输。例如图1所示，网络设备PE1与网络设备PE2通过工作路径和保护路径连接，当工作路径正常工作时，PE1和PE2通过工作路径传输业务流，当工作路径故障时，将业务从工作路径调整到保护路径上，PE1和PE2通过保护路径传输业务流。然而，当PE2节点故障或PE2与CE2之间故障时，将导致业务传输中断，影响业务流的传输。而且，在图1所示的网络架构中，当PE1与PE2之间的业务流量较大时，使得PE1传输负载较重，导致业务流量的丢失。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供了一种应用在网络(例如MTN或SPN)中的通信方法及系统。可以解决转发路径故障，导致业务中断问题，也能够实现负载分担，提高网络的可靠性。
第一方面，本申请提供了一种网络中的多归通信方法，所述网络包括第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接所述第一通信装置和第二通信装置，所述方法包括：通过所述第二MTN路径传输第一客户client对应的数据流。
在一种示例中，该方法可以由第三通信装置执行，在实现负载分担的场景下，第三通信装置通过第一MTN路径传输第二客户client对应的数据流。在该实现方式中，第三通信 装置可以根据客户的不同，分别利用不同的MTN路径传输数据流，以便在业务流量较大时，进行负载分担，提高数据传输质量。
可选地，对于第二MTN路径不可用的场景，第三通信装置还可以使用所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。在该实现方式中，在第二MTN路径不可用时，第三通信装置可以启动保护路径，即第一MTN路径，以通过该第一MTN路径传输第一客户对应的数据流，保证数据流的正常传输，提高业务传输的可靠性。
可选地，在使用所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流之前，可以根据第二通信装置发送的第一指示，确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障，其中，第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障。在该实现方式中，第二通信装置可以检测到第二MTN路径故障，并向第一通信装置或第三通信装置发送第一指示，以使得第一通信装置或第三通信装置可以获知第二MTN路径发生故障，进而实现MTN路径倒换。
可选地，第一通信装置从第二通信装置接收第一指示，以根据该第一指示确定第二MTN路径发生故障。
可选地，第一指示携带在双归协调DHC消息中。
可选地，第一通信装置在接收所述第一指示之后，意识到第二MTN路径发生故障。则第一通信装置向第三通信装置发送第二指示，用于指示第三通信装置将第一客户client对应的数据流的传输路径由第二MTN路径倒换到第一MTN路径。
可选地，第二指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
可选地，第三通信装置可以直接接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，以根据该第一指示确定第二MTN路径发生故障。
可选地，第一指示包含在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
可选地，当第二通信装置故障时，将导致第二MTN路径发生故障，该情况下，第一通信装置可以检测到第二通信装置故障，并向第三通信装置发送指示信息，该指示信息用于指示第三通信装置将第二MTN路径倒换到第一MTN路径，以便通过第一MTN路径发送数据流。
可选地，第三通信装置也可以检测到第二MTN路径发生故障，该情况下，第三通信装置可以发送第三指示，以指示第二MTN路径发生故障。
可选地，第三通信装置可以向第一通信装置发送所述第三指示。所述第一通信装置根据第三指示确定第二MTN路径故障。
可选地，第三指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
可选地，第三通信装置可以向第二通信装置发送第三指示，以使得第二通信装置可以根据第三指示确定第二MTN路径发生故障，进而启动第三MTN路径，避免第二MTN路径发生故障，导致业务无法正常传输的问题。
可选地，第三指示包含在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
可选地，使用第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流之前，第二通信装置向第一通信装置或第三通信装置发送第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障。
可选地，第一指示携带在双归协调DHC消息中或操作维护管理OAM消息。
可选地，所述网络还包括第四通信装置，第四通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接第一通信装置和第二通信装置。
可选地，在第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接、第二路径可用且第二MTN路径不可用时，通过第一MTN路径、第三MTN路径以及第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流。在该实现方式中，当第二MTN路径不可用时，第三通信装置可以启动第一MTN路径，第一通信装置可以启动第三MTN路径，第一通信装置与第四通信装置之间，通过第一MTN路径、第三MTN路径以及第二路径传输数据流，保证数据流的正常传输。
可选地，在第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接、第二MTN路径可用且第二路径不可用时，通过第二MTN路径和第三MTN路径以及第一路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。在该实现方式中，当第二路径不可用时，为保证数据流的传输，第一通信装置可以启动第一路径，第三通信装置与第四通信装置之间可以通过第二MTN路径、第三MTN路径和第一路径传输第一client对应的数据流。启动一条路径可以指将该条路径设置为活跃状态，可以用于转发数据流。例如，启动第一路径是将第一路径的状态设置为活跃状态，用于转发数据流。
可选地，在第二路径和第二MTN路径均不可用时，为保证数据流的正常传输，第三通信装置从第二MTN路径倒换至第一MTN路径，第四通信装置从第二路径倒换至第一路径，进而使得第三通信装置与第四通信装置之间通过第一MTN路径和第一路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
第二方面，本申请提供了一种网络中的多归通信方法，该网络包括第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接第一通信装置和第二通信装置，第一通信装置和第二通信装置通过第一MTN路径连接；该方法可以由第三通信装置或第二通信装置执行，在第二路径可用时，可以通过第二路径传输第一客户client对应的数据流；在第二路径不可用时，通过第一路径和第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
可选地，在第二路径可用时，通过二路径传输第一client对应的数据流，包括：通过第一MTN路径和第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流。在该实施例中，第三通信装置与第一通信装置之间，可以通过第一MTN路径和第二路径传输数据流。
可选地，在第二路径不可用时，第二通信装置可以检测到第二路径不可用，并向第一通信装置发送指示信息，确定第二路径发生故障，其中，指示信息用于指示第二路径发生故障。第一通信装置在确定出第二路径发生故障后，可以启动第一路径。
可选地，指示信息携带在双归协调DHC消息中。
可选地，所述网络还包括第四通信装置，第四通信装置分别通过第二MTN路径和第三MTN路径连接第一通信装置和第二通信装置。
可选地，在第二路径不可用时，通过第一路径和第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流，包括：在第三MTN路径可用且第二路径不可用时，通过第三MTN路径、第一 MTN路径以及第一路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
可选地，在第二路径可用时，通过二路径传输第一客户client对应的数据流，包括：在第三MTN路径不可用且第二路径可用时，通过第二MTN路径、第一MTN路径和第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
第三方面，本申请提供了一种网络中的通信方法，该网络包括第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，第三通信装置分别通过第一MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接第一通信装置和第二通信装置，所述方法包括：在第二MTN工作路径不用时，将所述第一MTN路径的状态配置为活跃状态。具体来说，将所述第一MTN路径的状态从不活跃状态配置为活跃状态。
可选地，在将所述第一MTN路径的状态配置为活跃状态之前，所述方法还包括：根据所述第二通信装置发送的第一指示，确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障，所述第一指示用于指示所述第二MTN路径发生故障。
可选地，所述确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障之前，所述方法包括：所述第一通信装置从所述第二通信装置接收所述第一指示。
可选地，所述第一指示携带在双归协调DHC消息中。
可选地，在接收所述第一指示之后，所述方法还包括：所述第一通信装置向所述第三通信装置发送第二指示，指示所述第三通信装置将所述第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
可选地，所述第二指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
可选地，所述确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障之前，所述方法包括：所述第三通信装置从所述第二通信装置接收所述第一指示。
可选地，所述第一指示携带在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
可选地，在将所述第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态之前，所述方法还包括：所述第三通信装置收到所述第一通信装置发送的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第三通信装置将所述第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
可选地，在使用所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：根据所述第三通信装置发送的第三指示，确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障，所述第三指示用于指示所述第二MTN路径发生故障。
可选地，所述第三指示由所述第三通信装置发送给所述第一通信装置。
可选地，所述第三指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
可选地，所述第三指示由所述第三通信装置发送给所述第二通信装置。
可选地，所述第三指示包含在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
可选地，所述确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障之前，所述方法包括：所述第二通信装置向所述第一通信装置或所述第三通信装置发送第一指示，所述第一指示用于指示所述第二MTN路径发生故障。
可选地，所述第四指示携带在双归协调DHC消息中或操作维护管理OAM消息中。
可选地，所述网络还包括第四通信装置，所述第四通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和第二通信装置。
可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接，所述方法还包括：在所述第二路径可用时，将所述第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接，所述方法还包括：在所述第二路径不可用时，将所述第一路径配置为活跃状态。
第四方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第一通信装置，该网络包括第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第一通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。所述收发单元用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第一通信装置执行的收发操作，所述处理单元用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的其它操作。
第五方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第一通信装置，该网络包括所述第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第一通信装置包括存储器和至少一个处理器；所述存储器，用于存储程序代码；所述至少一个处理器，用于运行所述程序代码中的指令，使得所述第一通信装置执行上述第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由所述第一通信装置执行的一个或多个操作。
第六方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第一通信装置，该网络包括所述第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第一通信装置包括通信接口和处理器，所述通信接口用于执行第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第一通信装置执行的收发操作，所述处理器用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的其它操作。第七方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第二通信装置，该网络包括所述第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第二通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。所述收发单元用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第二通信装置执行的收发操作，所述处理单元用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的其它操作。
第八方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第二通信装置，该网络包括所述第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二 路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第二通信装置包括存储器和至少一个处理器；所述存储器，用于存储程序代码；所述至少一个处理器，用于运行所述程序代码中的指令，使得所述第二通信装置执行上述第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由所述第二通信装置执行的一个或多个操作。
第九方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第二通信装置，该网络包括所述第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第二通信装置包括多个通信接口和至少一个处理器，所述多个通信接口用于执行第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第二通信装置执行的收发操作，所述处理器用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的其它操作。
第十方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第三通信装置，该网络包括所述第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第三通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。所述收发单元用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第三通信装置执行的收发操作，所述处理单元用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第三通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的其它操作。第十一方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第三通信装置，该网络包括所述第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第三通信装置包括存储器和至少一个处理器；所述存储器，用于存储程序代码；所述至少一个处理器，用于运行所述程序代码中的指令，使得所述第三通信装置执行上述第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由所述第三通信装置执行的一个或多个操作。
第十二方面，本申请提供了一种应用于网络的第三通信装置，该网络包括所述第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。可选地，所述第一路径和所述第二路径均是MTN路径。可选地，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间也通过MTN路径连接。所述第三通信装置包括多个通信接口和至少一个处理器，所述多个通信接口用于执行上述第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第三通信装置执行的收发操作，所述处理器用于执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中由第三通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的其它操作。
第十三方面，本申请提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括以上第四方面或者第五方面或者第六方面所述的第一通信装置、以上第七方面或者第八方面或者第九方面所述的第二通信装置、以上第十方面或者第十一方面或第十二方面所述的第三通信装置。该通信系统可以执行前述任一方面所述的方法中的一个或多个操作。
第十四方面，本申请提供了一种应用在城域传输网络MTN中的多归系统，该系统包括：至少一个处理器和存储器；所述存储器，用于存储指令或计算机程序；所述至少一个处理器，用于执行所述存储器中的所述指令或计算机程序，以使得所述系统执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任一方面所述的方法中的一个或多个操作。在本申请中，多归系统可以是由几个网络设备构成的网络，也可以单指一个网络设备，此处不做具体限定。
第十五方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任意一项所述的方法中所述的一个或多个操作。
第十六方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括计算机程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行以上第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面任意一项所述的方法中所述的一个或多个操作。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请中记载的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为一种传统的应用场景示意图；
图2a为本申请实施例提供的一种FlexE实现结构图；
图2b为本申请实施例提供的一种64B/66B码块结构图；
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图；
图3b为本申请实施例提供的另一种应用场景示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图5a为本申请实施例提供的一种DHC封装格式结构图；
图5b为本申请实施例提供的另一种DHC封装格式结构图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图12a为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统结构图；
图12b为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统结构图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的又一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图；
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置结构图；
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置结构图；
图18为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置结构图。
具体实施方式
为了使本技术领域的人员更好地理解本发明中的方案，下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。
为便于理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案，下面将本申请实施例涉及的网元和技术进行说明。
FlexE技术是在标准以太网Ethernet技术基础上，为满足高速传送、带宽配置灵活等需求而发展的技术。FlexE技术通过在IEEE802.3基础上引入FlexE Shim层实现媒体介入控制(media access control，MAC)层与物理层(physical layer，PHY)层解耦。FlexE基于客户/组(Client/Group)架构定义，如图2a所示，可以支持任意多个不同子接口(FlexE Client)在任意一组PHY(FlexE Group)上映射和传输。也就是，FlexE可以将一个或多个PHY链路绑定在一起，提供不同速率的传输信道。例如，对应每个100GBASE-R的PHY链路，可以将其划分为20个时隙(Slot)数据传输通道，每个时隙对应的带宽为5Gbps。FlexE Client对应的以太帧将通过64B/66B编码方式切分成多个码块，每个码块通过FlexE Shim调度到FlexE Group的一个或多个PHY的若干个时隙上进行发送。IEEE 802.3定义的64B/66B编码是将64bit数据或控制信息编码成66bit码块传输，其中66bit码块的前两位表示同步头，主要用于接收端的数据对齐和接收数据位流的同步，如图2b所示。同步头有“01”和“10”两种，“01“表示后面的64bit码块是数据码块，“10”表示后面的64bit码块是控制码块。控制码块中紧挨着同步头的8bit是类型域，后面的56bit是控制信息或者数据或者两者的混合。此外，光互联网论坛(optical internetworking forum，OIF)进一步定义了FlexE开销基本帧和FlexE开销复帧，其中，FLexE开销复帧包括32个FlexE开销基本帧，FlexE开销基本帧包括8个FlexE开销码块。其中FlexE通过8bit类型域值为0x4B和O码(bit 32～35)为0x5来确定首个FlexE开销码块。
城域传送网络(metro transport network，MTN)，或分片分组网络(slicing packet network，SPN)，是基于FLexE技术进行数据流传输的新型传送网络。其中MTN所使用的技术(下文简称MTN技术)主要遵从国际电联盟ITU-T的相关标准，SPN所使用的技术(下文简称SPN技术)主要遵从中国通信标准化协会的相关标准。二者均基于FLexE技术在shim层进行数据处理。二者在路径层的实现有微小的差别，例如，在SPN技术中定义开销码块中的6个字节可以携带其他消息，在MTN技术中定义开销码块中的3个字节可以携带其他消息。但是和本发明相关的技术实现中，MTN技术和SPN技术的相关实现并无差别。 在本申请中，MTN路径指代基于MTN技术或SPN技术，在MTN网络或SPN网络中将报文从的网络的一端传输到另一端所经过的路径。报文沿着MTN路径传输时，可以经过多个中间节点。在MTN和SPN中，均可以将以太帧业务以一系列的64B/66B码块的格式从网络的一端通过一跳或多跳转发给网络的另一端，最后恢复成以太帧。在传输过程中，网络中的每跳节点均能够接收64B/66B的码块，并转发给下一跳节点，进而完成数据流的转发。本申请中关于MTN技术的相关说明和解释，例如MTN接口的相关实现，基于MTN技术传输的帧格式等，可以参见ITU-T相关标准或标准草案(例如2020年9月发布的“Draft new Recommendation G.8312(ex_G.mtn)”)中的相关说明。SPN技术的相关说明可以参见申请日前中国通信标准化协会制定的SPN相关标准。随着标准的进一步推动和进展，本申请中与MTN技术和SPN技术相关的技术术语解释随标准进展与相关标准兼容。
在传统的通信系统中，如图1所示，PE1与CE2之间需通过PE2传输业务。在实际应用中，PE1与PE2之间可以建立相互独立的MTN工作路径和MTN保护路径。通常情况下，PE1与CE2之间通过MTN工作路径传输业务，当MTN工作路径发生故障时，PE1与CE2之间通过MTN保护路径传输业务。然而，当PE2发生故障，由于MTN工作路径和MTN保护路径均归属同一节点PE2，导致业务传输中断。另外，当PE1同时为多个用户提供业务传输服务时，会造成PE1与PE2之间的业务量较大，影响业务传输质量。
基于上述问题，本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置。其中，第三通信装置分别通过第一MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接第一通信装置和第二通信装置。也就是，在该通信系统中，第三通信装置同时与第一通信装置和第二通信装置连接。通常情况下，可以将第三通信装置与第二通信装置之间的第二MTN路径设置为MTN工作路径，第三通信装置利用该第二MTN路径传输业务。当第二MTN路径不可用时，第三通信装置可以利用第一MTN路径传输业务。或者，在负载分担情况下，第三通信装置可以通过第一MTN路径传输第二client对应的数据流；第三通信装置可以通过第二MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流，从而减轻第一MTN路径和第二MTN路径的传输负载，提高业务传输质量。
参见图3a所示的一种应用场景示意图，在该MTN通信系统中，以包括5个网络设备为例进行说明，分别为用户边缘(customer edge，CE)设备CE1、用户边缘设备CE2、运营商边缘(provider edge，PE)设备PE1、运营商边缘设备PE2和运营商边缘设备PE3。其中，PE1和PE2通过MTN路径1连接、PE1和PE3通过MTN路径2连接、以及PE2和PE3通过MTN路径3连接、CE2与PE2通过链路1连接、CE2与PE3通过链路2连接、CE1与PE1通过链路3连接。其中，链路1-链路3可以为Eth PHY链路、FlexE链路或链路聚合组(link aggregation group，LAG)链路等。在该图3a所示的应用场景中，对于PE1，可以将PE1与PE2之间的MTN路径1配置为工作路径，将PE1与PE3之间的MTN路径2配置为保护路径；或者，将PE1与PE3之间的MTN路径2配置为工作路径，将PE1与PE2之间的MTN路径1配置为保护路径。保护路径用于在工作路径不能使用的情况下，PE1可以通过保护路径传输数据流。例如，保护路径为MTN路径2，PE1通过保护路径将报文发送给PE3，由PE3转发给PE2或CE2。或者PE1通过保护路径接收PE3发送的报文，并 转发给CE1。对于CE2，可以将CE2与PE2之间的链路1配置为工作链路，将CE2与PE3之间的链路2配置为保护链路。或者，可以将CE2与PE3之间的链路2配置为工作链路，将CE2与PE2之间的链路1配置为保护链路。
需要说明的是，在具体实现时，CE1与CE2之间的工作路径处于活跃状态，通过工作路径传输数据流，例如CE1-PE1-PE2-CE2，而保护路径可以处于非活跃状态，即不用于传输数据流。当工作路径或PE2节点故障时，启动保护路径，利用该保护路径传输数据流。
参见图3b所示的另一种应用场景示意图，以包括6个网络设备为例进行说明，分别为用户边缘(customer edge，CE)设备CE1、用户边缘设备CE2、运营商边缘(provider edge，PE)设备PE1、运营商边缘设备PE2、运营商边缘设备PE3和运营商边缘设备PE4。其中，PE1和PE2通过MTN路径1连接、PE1和PE3通过MTN路径2连接、以及PE2和PE3通过MTN路径3连接、PE2与PE4通过MTN路径4连接、PE3与PE4通过MTN路径5连接、CE1与PE1通过链路1连接、CE2与PE4通过链路2连接。其中，链路1和链路2可以为Eth PHY链路、FlexE链路或链路聚合组(link aggregation group，LAG)链路等。在该图3b所示的应用场景中，对于PE1，可以将PE1与PE2之间的MTN路径1配置为工作路径，将PE1与PE3之间的MTN路径2配置为保护路径；或者，将PE1与PE3之间的MTN路径2配置为工作路径，将PE1与PE2之间的MTN路径1配置为保护路径。对于PE4，可以将PE4与PE2之间的MTN路径4配置为工作路径，将PE4与PE3之间的MTN路径5配置为保护路径；或者，将PE4与PE3之间的MTN路径5配置为工作路径，将PE4与PE2之间的MTN路径4配置为保护路径。
需要说明的是，当CE1与CE2之间的传输路径为CE1-PE1-PE2-PE4-CE2时，将传输路径中的工作路径中配置为活跃状态，CE1与CE2之间可以通过工作路径传输数据流，而保护路径PE1-PE3-PE4配置为非活跃状态，即不用于传输数据流。当工作路径中的MTN路径1、MTN路径4或PE2节点故障时，启动各个路径对应的保护路径，利用该保护路径传输数据流。
其中，各个网络设备也可以称为节点，可以为网络系统中具有报文处理功能的设备，例如，可以为路由器、交换机等。
需要说明的是，本申请各应用场景仅是举例说明，不应构成对本申请应用场景的限制。为了便于理解，本申请仅以双归场景举例说明本申请的各应用场景和相应的方法、装置以及系统。但是对于其它多归场景同样适用，此处不再赘述。
为便于理解本申请实施例提供的路径倒换方法，下面将结合附图分别对上述故障情况进行说明。
结合图3a或图3b示出的应用场景，以PE1与PE2之间的MTN路径1为工作路径，PE1与PE3之间的MTN路径2为保护路径为例进行说明，图4为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图，该实施例将说明MTN路径1故障时，各个网络设备所执行的操作，该方法400，包括：
S401：PE2获取指示1。
如图3a或图3b所示应用场景，PE2与PE1之间可以通过路径层操作管理维护(operation, administration and maintenance，OAM)消息持续监控MTN路径1的状态。具体地，PE1可以周期性地向PE2发送OAM消息，以监控PE1到PE2的路径(例如为正向路径)的状态；PE2可以周期性地向PE1发送OAM消息，通过该OAM消息监控PE2到PE1的路径(例如为反向路径)。当PE2在预设时间内未接收到PE1发送的OAM消息时，则可以表明正向路径出现故障，PE2可以根据该故障生成指示1，该指示1用于指示MTN路径1故障。当PE1在预设时间内未接收到PE2发送的OAM消息时，则表明反向路径出现故障，则PE1可以通过OAM消息向PE2通告反向路径出现故障，则PE2根据OAM消息生成指示1，该指示1用于指示MTN路径1故障。需要说明的是，本实施例中当MTN路径1的正向路径故障或反向路径故障时，均确定MTN路径1故障为例进行说明。同时，当正向路径故障时，由于PE1无法通过正向路径向PE2传输数据流，需要启动MTN路径2；当反向路径故障时，由于PE2无法利用反向路径向PE1传输数据流，需要通告PE3启动MTN路径2和MTN路径3，以通过MTN路径2和MTN路径3向PE1传输数据流。
其中，对于MTN来说，路径层的OAM消息可以通过路径层的开销码块来携带。在ITU-T定义路径层的开销码块的封装格式中，如图2b所示，通过8bit类型域值为0x4B和O码(bit 32～35)为0x0C确定首个路径层的开销码块，而在8bit类型域之后的3个字节可以携带OAM消息。而对于SPN网络，8bit类型域之后的6个字节可用于携带OAM消息。
在一种实现方式中，在PE2与PE3之间建立MTN路径3时，当MTN路径1未发生故障时，MTN路径3通常处于非活跃状态，即PE2不利用MTN路径3传输数据流。当MTN路径1发生故障时，PE2无法再利用MTN路径1传输数据流，则将MTN路径3由非活跃状态转换为活跃状态，从而使得PE2可以利用MTN路径3传输数据流。
S402：PE2发送指示1。
当MTN路径1发生故障时，PE1需要从MTN路径1倒换至MTN路径2，以通过MTN路径2传输CE1发送的数据流，或者通过MTN路径2接收CE2发送的数据流。同理，当MTN路径1发生故障时，PE3也需要启动MTN路径2，即使得MTN路径2处于活跃状态，以通过MTN路径2向CE2转发CE1发送的数据流，以及通过MTN路径2向CE1转发CE2发送的数据流。在该情形下，PE2可以向PE3发送指示1，和/或向PE1发送指示1。
作为一种示例，当PE2仅向PE3发送指示1时，例如PE1与PE2之间的正/反向路径均出现故障时，具体可以参见S403-S407的具体实现。
对于PE2向PE3发送指示1的示例，在一种情形下，指示1可以携带在双归协调(dual homingCoordination，DHC)消息中。DHC消息可以参考RFC8185的相关说明。在本申请中，当DHC用于MTN或SPN时，该DHC消息可以封装于路径层的开销码块中，关于路径层的开销码块结构如图2b所示。具体地，DHC消息可以封装在一个或多个开销码块中。例如，当一个开销码块中3字节可用于携带信息，则DHC消息可以通过两个开销码块来携带；当一个开销码块中6字节点可用于携带信息时，则DHC消息可以通过一个开销码块来携带。
为便于理解，当DHC消息通过两个开销码块来携带时，参见图5a，包括码块1和码块2。其中，每个码块中包括指示DHC消息的开始符(start of message，SOM)和的结束 符(end of message，EOM)。具体地，当SOM＝1、EOM＝0标识携带DHC消息的开始码块，如码块1；当SOM＝0、EOM＝1标识携带DHC消息的结束码块，如码块2。T用于指示所携带消息的类型，例如T＝DHC对应的类型值。其中，DHC消息的一部分内容携带在码块1的message-specific中，DHC消息的另一部分内容携带在码块2的message-specific中。其中，DHC消息的内容可以包含MTN路径1的状态指示(例如0-正常；1-故障)、MTN路径切换指示(例如0-不切换，在MTN路径1上传送；1-切换，在MTN路径2上传送)等。
当DHC消息通过一个开销码块来携带时，参见图5b，包括码块3。码块3中的T用于指示所携带消息的类型，例如T＝DHC对应的类型值。码块3中的Value1～Value4用于携带DHC消息的内容。同样地，DHC消息的内容可以包含MTN路径1的状态指示(例如0-正常；1-故障)、MTN路径1切换指示(例如0-不切换，在MTN路径1上传送；1-切换，在MTN路径2上传送)等。
在另一种情形下，虽然MTN路径3处于非活跃状态，PE2与PE3之间也可以周期性地发送OAM消息监控PE2与PE3之间MTN路径3的状态，该情形下，指示1可以携带在PE2向PE3发送的OAM消息，PE3通过解析OAM消息确定MTN路径1发生故障。
上述两种情形仅是本申请实施例中指示1携带在不同的消息中的示例性介绍，包括但不限于上述两种可能的实现方式，其他任何可以携带该指示1的消息均可以作为本申请实施例中的一种实现方式。
作为另一种示例，当PE2向PE3发送指示1的同时，向PE1发送指示1。例如，PE2到PE1的反向路径正常，可以参见S403和S408-S409的具体实现。可以理解的是，当由PE2检测到PE1到PE2的正向路径故障时，由于PE2到PE1的反向路径正常，则PE2可以继续向PE1发送OAM消息。该情形下，PE2可以通过OAM消息携带指示，1使得PE1通过解析OAM消息确定MTN路径1故障。
S403：PE3根据PE2发送的指示1，确定MTN路径1发生故障。
S404：PE3将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
本实施例中，PE3在接收到PE2发送的指示1后，通过解析该指示1确定MTN路径1发生故障，则配置MTN路径2处于活跃状态，以使得PE3可以通过MTN路径2接收或发送数据流。
在一种实现方式中，在PE3与PE2之间建立MTN路径3时，当MTN路径1未发生故障时，MTN路径3可以处于非活跃状态，即PE3不利用MTN路径3传输数据流。当MTN路径1发生故障时，PE3可以将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态，从而使得PE3可以利用MTN路径3传输数据流。
S405：PE3根据指示1生成指示2。
当PE3根据指示1确定MTN路径1发生故障时，为使得PE1不再利用MTN路径1传输数据流，可以生成指示2，该指示2用于指示PE1从MTN路径1倒换至MTN路径2，即将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，指示2可以携带在自动保护倒换(automatic protection  switching，APS)消息中。该APS消息可以封装于路径层的开销码块中，该开销码块为64B/66B码块，具体结构如图2b所示。其中，APS消息可以封装在一个开销码块中，如一个开销码块中6个字节用于携带信息，也可以封装在两个开销码块中，如一个开销码块中3个字节用于携带信息。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，指示2可以携带在PE3向PE1发送的OAM消息中，PE1通过解析该OAM消息获得指示2，进而根据指示2将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
S406：PE3向PE1发送指示2。
S407：PE1根据指示2将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
PE1在接收到PE3发送的指示2后，通过解析指示2确定MTN路径1故障，则将MTN路径2由非活跃状态转换为活跃状态，以使得PE1通过MTN路径2传输数据流。
S408：PE1接收PE2发送的指示1。
S409：PE1根据指示1确定MTN路径1故障，并将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
当PE2到PE1的反向路径正常工作时，PE2可以向PE1直接发送指示1，以使得PE1通过该指示1确定出MTN路径1故障，进而将MTN路径2由非活跃状态转换到活跃状态，以利用该MTN路径2传输数据流。其中，指示1可以携带在PE2向PE1发送的OAM消息中。
参见图6，本申请实施例提供了另一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图，该方法600可以包括：
S601：PE1获取指示3，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
通过前述可知，PE2与PE1之间可以通过路径层OAM消息持续监控MTN路径1状态。具体地，PE1可以周期性地向PE2发送OAM消息，以监控PE1到PE2路径(正向路径)的状态；PE2可以周期性地向PE1发送OAM消息，通过该OAM消息监控PE2到PE1路径(反向路径)。当PE1在预设时间内(例如3.5个连续性连接检测周期)未接收到PE2发送的任何OAM消息时，则表明反向路径出现故障，PE2可以根据该故障生成指示3，该指示3用于指示MTN路径1故障。当PE2在预设时间内未接收到PE1发送的OAM消息时，则表明正向路径出现故障，则PE2可以通过OAM消息向PE1通告正向路径出现故障，则PE1根据OAM消息生成指示3，该指示3用于指示MTN路径1故障。需要说明的是，本实施例中当MTN路径1的正向路径或反向路径故障时，均确定MTN路径1故障为例进行说明。
需要说明的是，在MTN路径1未发生故障时，MTN路径2可以处于非活跃状态。当PE1确定出MTN路径1发生故障时，PE1无法利用MTN路径1传输数据流，则将MTN路径2由非活跃状态转换为活跃状态。
S602：PE1发送指示3。
如图3a或图3b所示的应用场景，当MTN路径1发生故障时，PE3也需要启动MTN路径2，即将MTN2路径配置为活跃状态，以通过该MTN路径2转发CE1或CE2发送的数据流。在该情形下，PE1可以向PE3发送指示3。该指示3可以携带在APS消息中，关于APS消息的具体格式和实现可以参见S402。或者，PE1仅向PE2发送，由PE2再向PE3 发送指示。例如PE1到PE2的正向路径工作正常，以及PE2与PE3之间建立MTN路径3时，当MTN路径1发生故障(反向路径故障)且还利用PE2转发数据流时，PE2需要启动MTN路径3，以通过该MTN路径3转发CE1或CE2发送的数据流。在该情形下，PE1可以向PE2发送指示3。该指示3可以携带在OAM消息中，PE3通过解析该OAM消息确定MTN路径1故障，进而将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态。
关于PE1仅向PE2发送指示3的实现，可以参见S603-S606；关于PE1同时向PE3发送指示3的实现，可以参见S607-S608。
S603：PE2接收PE1发送的指示3，根据指示3确定MTN路径1发生故障。
本实施例中，当PE1到PE2的正向路径工作正常时，PE2可以向PE1发送指示3，PE2在接收到PE1发送的指示3后，通过解析该指示3确定MTN路径1发生故障。当PE2与PE3之间存在MTN路径3，且需要利用MTN路径3传输数据流时，PE2可以将MTN路径3由非活跃状态转换为活跃状态。
S604：PE2根据指示3生成指示4。
当PE2根据指示3确定出MTN路径1发生故障时，为使得PE3可以及时启动MTN路径2，生成指示4，该指示4用于指示PE3将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。其中，第四指示可以携带在双归协调DHC消息中。关于DHC消息的相关描述和实现可以参见S402。或者，指示4携带在PE2向PE3发送的OAM消息，PE3通过解析OAM消息确定MTN路径1发生故障。
S605：PE2向PE3发送指示4。
S606：PE3根据指示4将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
如图3a或图3b所示的应用场景，在一种情形下，当需要MTN路径3传输数据流时，PE3将自身对应的MTN路径3的状态由非活跃状态转换至活跃状态。
在另一种情形下，当通过PE3与CE2之间的路径2传输数据流时，PE3将自身对应的路径2的状态由非活跃状态转换至活跃状态。
S607：PE3接收PE1发送的指示3。
S608：PE1根据指示3确定MTN路径1故障，并将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
当PE1确定出MTN路径1发生故障时，则PE1可以直接向PE3发送指示3，以使得PE3通过该指示3确定MTN路径2故障，进而将MTN路径1的状态由非活跃状态切转换至活跃状态。其中，指示3可携带在APS消息中，或者指示3携带在OAM消息中。
上述实施例说明了MTN路径1不可用时，各个设备之间所执行的操作。下面将结合附图对PE2节点故障进行说明。
参见图7，该图为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图，该方法700可以包括：
S701：PE1确定PE2发生故障，生成指示5，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
本实施例中，PE1可以通过以下两种方式确定PE2节点发生故障，一种是，PE1通过MTN路径1之间的OAM消息直接检测到PE2发生故障。另一种是，当PE2发生故障时，PE1和PE3在预设时间内均接收不到PE2发生的OAM消息。该情形下，PE1可以确定MTN 路径1故障(反向路径故障)，同时PE3确定MTN路径3故障，PE3向PE1发送指示。PE1通过指示可以确定MTN路径3故障，同时PE1根据自身无法接收PE2发送的OAM消息的情况，可以确定PE2节点故障。当然，为保证PE1确定PE2故障的准确性，PE1还可以通过其它方式进一步地确认。
当PE1确定PE2发生故障时，可以生成指示5，该指示5用于指示PE3由启动MTN路径2和路径2。其中，该指示可以携带在APS消息中，或者携带在OAM消息中。
具体地，当PE3确定出PE2发生故障时，为保证数据流不中断传输，则PE3将路径2由非活跃状态转换为活跃状态，以使得PE3通过链路2传输CE2或CE1发送的数据流。
S702：PE1向PE3发送指示5。
S703：PE3根据指示5将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态。
结合图3a或图3b所示的应用场景，当PE2节点故障时，PE1无法通过MTN路径1和链路1向CE1传输数据流，为保证数据流的正常传输，需要将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态，以通过MTN路径2和链路2传输数据流。
参见图8，该图为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图，该方法800可以包括：
S801：PE3确定PE2发生故障，生成指示6，将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态。
本实施例中，PE3可以通过以下两种方式确定PE2节点发生故障，一种是，PE3通过MTN路径3之间的OAM消息直接检测到PE2发生故障。另一种是，当PE2发生故障时，PE1和PE3在预设时间内均接收不到PE2发送的OAM消息。该情形下，PE1可以确定MTN路径1故障(反向路径故障)，PE1向PE3发送指示。PE3通过指示可以确定MTN路径1故障，同时PE3根据自身也无法接收到PE2发送的OAM消息的情况，可以确定PE2节点故障。当然，为保证PE3确定PE2故障的准确性，PE3还可以通过其它方式进一步地确认。
当PE3确定PE2发生故障时，可以生成指示6，该指示6用于指示PE1由MTN路径1倒换至MTN路径2。其中，该指示可以携带在APS消息中，或者携带在OAM消息中。
具体地，当PE3确定出PE2发生故障时，为保证数据流不中断传输，则PE3将MTN路径2和链路2由非活跃状态转换为活跃状态，以使得PE3通过MTN路径2和链路2传输CE2或CE1发送的数据流。
S802：PE3向PE1发送指示6。
S803：PE1根据指示6将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
本实施例中，当PE1接收到指示6，可以根据指示6确定出MTN路径1不可用，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
上述实施例说明了PE2节点故障时，其他网络设备所执行的操作。下面将结合附图对链路1故障进行说明。
参见图9，该图为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图，该方法900可以包括：
S901：PE2确定链路1故障，生成指示7，将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态。
如图3所示应用场景，PE2与CE2之间可以通过链路层OAM消息持续监控链路1状 态。具体地，PE2可以周期性地向CE2发送OAM消息，以监控PE2到CE2的链路(正向链路)的状态。CE2可以周期性地向PE2发送OAM消息，通过该OAM消息监控CE2到PE2的链路(反向链路)。当PE2在预设时间内未接收到CE2发送的OAM消息时，则表明正向链路出现故障，PE2可以根据该故障生成指示7，该指示7用于指示链路1故障。当CE2在预设时间内未接收到PE2发送的OAM消息时，则表明反向链路出现故障，则CE2可以通过OAM消息通告到PE2的反向链路出现故障，则PE2根据OAM消息生成指示7，该指示7用于指示链路1故障。需要说明的是，本实施例中当链路1的正向链路或反向链路故障时，均确定链路1故障为例进行说明。
在一种实现方式中，当PE2确定出链路1发生故障，但MTN路径1未发生故障时，为使得PE2可以正常传输数据流，则PE2可以将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态，以使得PE2通过MTN路径3传输数据流。
S902：PE2向PE3发送指示7。
其中，指示7可以携带在DHC消息中。
S903：PE3根据指示7确定链路1发生故障，并将MTN路径3和链路2处于配置为状态。
当链路1发生故障时，为保证CE2可以传输数据流，则需要启动链路2，即将链路2配置为活跃状态。进一步地，为使得PE3可以向CE1传输数据流，且经过PE2节点进行转发，PE3还可以启动MTN路径3，即把MTN路径3也配置为活跃状态。
上述实施例以图3a为例进行说明的，对于图3b所示的通信系统结构图，对于路径故障或节点故障的解决方案可以参见上述实施例中的描述，例如，图3b中PE4与PE2之间的路径故障时，可以参见上述方法400的具体实现。
需要说明的是，在具体实现时，各个节点可以通过维护路径状态表的方式来更新对应的转发表，以便通过转发表确定转发路径。以PE2和PE3为例进行说明，参见表1所示的PE2路径状态表，以及表2所示的PE3路径状态表。
表1 PE2对应的路径状态表示
MTN路径1 链路1 MTN路径3 转发行为
Active Active Active MTN路径1<—>链路1
Down Active Active MTN路径3<—>链路1
Active Down Active MTN路径1<—>MTN路径3
Down Down Active 丢弃
Down Active Down 丢弃
表2 PE3对应的路径状态表
MTN路径2 链路2 MTN路径3 转发行为
Inactive Inactive Active 丢弃
Active Inactive Active MTN路径3<—>MTN路径2
Inactive Active Active 链路2<—>MTN路径3
Active Active Active MTN路径2<—>链路2
Active Active Down MTN路径2<—>链路2
通过上述两个表可知，当MTN路径1、PE2节点以及链路1均正常工作时，PE2对应的MTN路径1和链路1均配置为活跃状态，而MTN路径3可以配置为非活跃状态或活跃状态，通常情况下，将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态，如表1中第一行所示。PE2对应的转发表中的转发路径为MTN路径1<—>链路1，即通过MTN路径1和链路1实现双向转发。该情形下，PE3对应的MTN路径2和链路2处于非活跃状态，MTN路径3配置为活跃状态，如表2中第一行所示。当MTN路径1发生故障，链路1仍处于活跃状态时，PE2节点可以将MTN路径3处于活跃状态，如表1中第二行所示。PE2对应的转发表中的转发路径为MTN路径3<—>链路1。该情形下，PE3对应的MTN路径2以及MTN路径3处于活跃状态，链路2仍处于非活跃状态，如表2中第二行所示。PE3对应的转发表中的转发路径为MTN路径3<—>MTN路径2，即通过MTN路径3和MTN路径2实现双向转发。当链路1发生故障时，MTN路径1可以仍处于活跃状态，MTN路径3处于活跃状态，如表1中第三行所示。PE2对应的转发表中的转发路径为MTN路径1<—>MTN路径3，即通过MTN路径1和MTN路径3实现双向转发。该情形下，PE3对应的MTN路径2仍处于非活跃状态，链路2和MTN路径3处于活跃状态，如表2中第三行所示。PE3的转发表中转发路径为链路2<—>MTN路径3，即通过链路2和MTN路径3实现双向转发。当MTN路径1和链路1均发生故障，或者PE2节点故障时，其中MTN路径3可以处于非活跃状态或活跃状态。当处于非活跃状态时，其对应的转发行为为空，不执行任何操作。当处于活跃状态时，其对应的转发行为为丢弃，如表1中第四行所示。该情形下，PE3对应的MTN路径2和链路2处于活跃状态，MTN路径3可以处于活跃状态或非活跃状态。PE3的转发表对应的转发路径为MTN路径2<—>链路1，即通过MTN路径2和链路1实现双向转发，如表2中第四行所示。当MTN路径1和MTN路径3均发生故障，或者PE2节点故障时，其中链路1可以处于非活跃状态或活跃状态。当处于非活跃状态时，其对应的转发行为为空，不执行任何操作。当处于活跃状态时，其对应的转发行为为丢弃，如表1中第五行所示。该情形下，PE3对应的MTN路径2和链路2处于活跃状态，MTN路径3故障。PE3的转发表对应的转发路径为MTN路径2<—>链路2，即通过MTN路径2和链路2实现双向转发，如表2中第五行所示。
具体地，当MTN路径1、MTN路径2或MTN路径3为主/备路径时，其可以分为三种状态分别为活跃状态active、备用状态standby、故障状态down。其中，备用状态standby可以等同于非活跃状态inactive。当MTN路径1、MTN路径2或MTN路径3为双归路径时，其可以分为两种状态，分别为使用状态up和故障状态down。其中，使用状态up可以等同于活跃状态active。
通过上述描述可知，当各个节点针对路径故障或节点故障，通过控制面的信令切换路径后，各个节点对应的转发行为将发生变化，最终形成新的转发路径以避开故障，下面将结合附图进行说明。
以图3a所示应用场景为例，参见图10，该图为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图，下面将以CE1到CE2的数据流方向为例进行说明，方法1000可以包括：
S1001：PE1获取第一客户client对应的数据流，根据该数据流确定转发路径。
S1002：当转发路径为MTN路径2时，PE1通过MTN路径2将数据流传输给PE3。
本实施例中，PE1可以接收CE1发送的第一客户client对应的数据流，并根据该数据流确定出对应的转发路径，具体地，PE1可以从转发表中查找转发路径。当转发路径为MTN路径2时，表明该MTN路径1不可用，则PE1利用MTN路径2向PE3发送该数据流。
其中，MTN路径1不可用可以包括以下情况，一种是MTN路径1自身发生故障，另一种是，PE2节点故障导致MTN路径1不可用，或者MTN路径1被用户配置为保护路径。对于MTN路径1发生故障时，PE1确定MTN路径1故障以及从MTN路径1倒换至MTN路径2的具体实现可以参见方法400或方法600的详细描述，相同或相似部分，本实施例在此不再赘述。对于PE2节点发生故障，PE1确定PE2节点故障以及从MTN路径1倒换至MTN路径1的具体实现可以参见方法700或方法800。
S1003：PE3根据数据流确定转发路径。
S1004：当转发路径为MTN路径3时，PE3通过MTN路径3将该数据流转发给PE2。
本实施例中，当MTN路径1发生故障时，PE3可以启动MTN路径3，即将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态。其中，关于PE3确定MTN路径1故障以及将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态的具体实现，可以参见方法400或方法600。
S1005：PE2通过链路1将该数据流转发给CE2。
S1006：当转发路径为链路2时，PE3通过链路2将该数据流转发给CE2。
本实施例中，当MTN路径1发生故障时，PE3也可以不启动MTN路径3，而是启动链路2，即将链路2配置为活跃状态。或者，当PE2节点故障或链路1故障时，PE3将链路2配置为活跃状态。其中，PE3确定PE2节点故障可以参见方法700或方法800；对于PE3确定链路1故障可以参见方法900。
S1007：当转发路径为MTN路径1时，PE1通过MTN路径1将数据流传输给PE2。
本实施例中，PE1可以接收CE1发送的第一客户client对应的数据流，并根据该数据流确定出对应的转发路径，具体地，PE1从转发表中查找转发路径。当转发路径为第二MTN路径时，表明该第二MTN路径可用，即处于活跃状态。则PE1利用MTN路径1向PE2发送该数据流。
S1008：PE2根据数据流确定转发路径。
S1009：当转发路径为MTN路径3时，PE2通过MTN路径3将数据流传输给PE3。
本实施例中，当PE2确定出的转发路径为MTN路径3时，表明链路1发生故障，则PE2将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态，以利用该MTN路径3传输数据流。其中，关于PE2确定链路1故障以及PE2将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态的具体实现，可以参见方法900的相关描述。
S1010：PE3通过链路2向CE2发送该数据流。
S1011：当转发路径为链路1时，PE2通过链路1将数据流传输给CE2。
针对图3a或图3b所示应用场景，其不仅可以解决路径故障或节点故障，导致的数据流传输中断问题，还可以实现数据流的负载分担。为便于理解，下面将结合附图进行说明。
参见图11，该图为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法流程图，该方法1100可以包括：
S1101：PE1接收CE1发送的数据流。
如图3所示的应用场景，以CE1向CE2发送数据流为例进行说明。在该应用场景下，CE1可以为多个客户提供服务，例如CE1对应client1和client2，client1和client2均可以同CE1向CE2发送数据流。
S1102：PE1确定该数据流对应的客户标识。
本实施例中，当客户client向CE1发送数据流时，该数据流中可以包括客户标识，以通过该客户标识表明发送该数据流的客户。在具体实现时，PE1中可以预先配置针对不同客户数据流所对应的转发路径，当PE1从CE1接收到数据流时，通过解析该数据流确定客户标识，进而可以根据客户标识以及客户标识与转发路径的对应关系，确定转发路径，以利用该客户标识对应的转发路径对数据流进行转发。
S1103：当客户标识为第一客户client时，PE1利用MTN路径1传输该数据流。
本实施例中，当客户标识为第一客户client时，PE1可以利用MTN路径1传输该数据流。即，PE1通过MTN路径1将该数据流传输给PE2。需要说明的是，当PE1接收的数据流为以太帧时，PE1在将数据流发送给PE2之前，PE1将数据流划分成一个或多个64B/66B大小的码块，再通过MTN路径1将码块转发给PE2。
S1104：当客户标识为第二客户client时，PE1利用MTN路径2传输该数据流。
本实施例中，当客户标识为第二客户client时，PE1可以利用MTN路径2传输该数据流。即，PE1通过MTN路径2将该数据流传输给PE3。需要说明的是，当PE1接收的数据流为以太帧时，PE1在将数据流发送给PE3之前，PE1将数据流划分成一个或多个64B/66B大小的码块，再通过MTN路径2将码块转发给PE3。
可以理解的是，对于PE2和PE3节点，以及图3b中PE4而言，也可以进行负载分担，针对不同客户的数据流利用不同的转发路径进行转发，具体实现可以参见S1101-S1104的相关描述。
参见图12a，该图为本申请实施例提供的一种MTN多归通信系统结构图，其中，MTN通信系统包括第一通信装置101、第二通信装置102和第三通信装置103，第三通信装置103分别通过第一MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接第一通信装置101和第二通信装置102，第一通信装置101和第二通信装置通过第三MTN路径通信连接。在一种实现方式中，如图12a所示的MTN通信系统还可以包括第四通信装置104，该第四通信装置104分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接第一通信装置101和第二通信装置102，如图12b所示。
图12a或图12b所示的通信系统可以应用于图3a或图3b所示的网络场景中。第一通信装置101，第二通信装置102以及第三通信装置103例如可以分别对应于图3a或图3b中所示的PE1、PE2和PE3。第一MTN路径例如可以为MTN路径2、第二MTN路径例如可以为MTN路径1。所述第四通信装置104例如可以是图3a所示的CE2或图3b中所示的PE4。图12a或图12b所述的通信系统可以用于执行前述任一方法实施例中所述的方法。
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法1300的流程图，该网络包括 第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接所述第一通信装置和第二通信装置。方法1300可以应用于图3a，图3b，图12a或图12b所示的网络架构中。方法1300具体可以用于执行上述方法400、方法600或方法700、方法800、方法1000以及方法1100中的一个或多个操作，该方法1300包括：
S1301：通过第二MTN路径传输第一客户client对应的数据流。
当方法1300具体用于实现方法1000时，S1301可以由所述第三通信装置或第二通信装置执行。所述第三通信装置例如可以是图3a中的PE1,所述第二通信装置例如可以是图3a中的PE2，第二MTN路径对应于方法1000中的MTN路径1。或者，所述第三通信装置例如可以是图3a中的PE2，第二通信装置例如可以是图3a中的PE3，第二MTN路径对应于方法1000中的MTN路径3。或者，所述第三通信装置例如可以是图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第二MTN路径为方法1000中的MTN路径2。
对于负载分担的场景，所述方法1300还可以包括：
S1302：通过第一MTN路径传输第二客户client对应的数据流。
对于图12a所示的MTN通信系统，不仅可以实现负载分担，还可以解决路径故障或节点故障导致数据流无法传输的问题。其中，对于负载分担的实现，方法1300具体实现方法1100时，S1301和S1302可以由第三通信装置执行。所述第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1、第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3，第一MTN路径对应方法1100中的MTN路径2，第二MTN路径对应方法1100中的MTN路径1。或者，所述第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，第一MTN路径为对应方法1100中的MTN路径1。或者，所述第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第一MTN路径为对应方法1100中的MTN路径3。
具体地，在第二MTN路径可用时，通过第二MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流；在第二MTN路径不可用时，通过第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
当方法1300具体实现方法1000时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1、第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2、第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二MTN路径对应方法1000中的MTN路径1，第一MTN路径对应方法1000中的MTN路径2。第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2、第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3、第一通信装置例如为图3a中中的PE1，第二MTN路径对应方法1000中的MTN路径3、第一MTN路径可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径1。第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3、第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1、第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第二MTN路径对应方法1000中的MTN路径2、第一MTN路径可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径3。
在一种实现方式中，在使用第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
根据第二通信装置发送的第一指示，确定第二MTN路径发生故障，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障。
当方法1300具体实现方法400时，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1， 第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第一指示可以对应方法400中的指示1。或者，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法400中的的指示2，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1。
当方法1300具体实现方法600时，第二MTN路径对应方法600中的MTN路径1，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法600中的指示3；或者，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第一指示可以对应方法600中的指示4。
当方法1300具体实现方法700时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法700中的指示5，第二MTN路径可以对应方法700中的MTN路径1。
当方法1300具体实现方法800时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法800中的指示6，第二MTN路径可以对应方法800中的MTN路径1。
当方法1300具体实现方法900时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第一指示可以对应方法900中的指示7，第二MTN路径为链路1。
在一种实现方式中，在确定第二MTN路径发生故障之前，所述方法还包括：
第一通信装置从第二通信装置接收第一指示。
当方法1300具体实现方法400时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第一指示可以对应方法400中的指示1。其中，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，或者，第一通信装置可以为图3a中的PE1。
当方法1300具体实现方法600时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二MTN路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1300具体实现方法700时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1300具体实现方法800时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法800中的指示6。
当方法1300具体实现方法900时，第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，第一指示携带在双归协调DHC消息中。
关于DHC消息的相关说明可以参见前文方法实施例中相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在接收第一指示后，所述方法还包括：
第一通信装置向第三通信装置发送第二指示，指示第三通信装置将第一client对应的数据流的传输路径由第二MTN路径倒换到第一MTN路径。
当方法1300具体实现方法400时，第二指示可以对应方法400中的指示2，第一通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE3，第三通信装置对应方法400中的PE1，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1、第一MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径2。
当方法1300具体实现方法600时，第二指示可以对应方法600中的指示4，第一通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE3。
在一种实现方式中，第二指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
对于APS消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在使用第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
第三通信装置从第二通信装置接收第一指示。
方法1300具体实现方法400时，第一指示可以对应方法400中的指示1，第二通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE1，或者，第三通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE3。
当方法1300具体实现方法600时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二MTN路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1300具体实现方法700时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1300具体实现方法800时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法800中的指示6。
当方法1300具体实现方法900时，第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，第一指示携带在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
对于OAM消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在使用第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
第三通信装置收到第一通信装置发送的指示消息，该指示消息用于指示第三通信装置将第二MTN路径倒换到第一MTN路径。
方法1300具体实现方法400时，第一MTN路径对应方法400中的MTN路径2，第二MTN路径对应方法400中的MTN路径1。其中，第一通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE3或PE1，指示消息可以对应方法700中的指示1。或者，第一通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE3，第三通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE1，指示消息可以对应方法700中的指示2。
方法1300可以实现方法600时，第一MTN路径对应方法400中的MTN路径2，第二MTN路径对应方法400中的MTN路径1。第一通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE1，第三通信装置对应方法600中的PE2或PE3，指示消息可以对应方法600中的指示3。或者，第一通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE3，指示消息可以对应方法600中的指示4。
方法1300具体实现方法700时，第一通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE1，第三通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE3，第一MTN路径对应方法700中MTN路径2，第二MTN路径对应方法700中的MTN路径1。此处提及的指示消息可以对应方法700中的指示5。
方法1300具体实现方法800时，此处提及的指示消息可以对应方法800中的指示6，此处提及的第三通信装置可以对应方法800中的PE1，此处提及的第一通信装置可以对应 方法800中的PE3，第二MTN路径对应方法800中的MTN路径1，第一MTN路径对应方法800中的MTN路径2。
方法1300具体实现方法900时，第一通信装置可以对应方法900中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法900中的PE3，指示消息对应于方法900中的指示7，第一MTN路径对应方法900中的链路2，第二MTN路径对应方法900中的链路1。
在一种实现方式中，在使用第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
根据第三通信装置发送的第三指示，确定第二MTN路径发生故障，第三指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障。
当方法1300具体实现方法400时，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法400中的指示1。或者，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法400中的的指示2，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1。
当方法1300具体实现方法600时，第二MTN路径对应方法600中的MTN路径1，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法600中的指示3；或者，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法600中的指示4。
当方法1300具体实现方法700时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法700中的指示5，第二MTN路径可以对应方法700中的MTN路径1。
当方法1300具体实现方法800时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法800中的指示6，第二MTN路径可以对应方法800中的MTN路径1。
当方法1300具体实现方法900时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法900中的指示7，第二MTN路径为链路1。
在一种实现方式中，第三指示由第三通信装置发送给第一通信装置。
当方法1300具体实现方法400时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法400中的指示1。其中，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，或者，第一通信装置可以为图3a中的PE1。
当方法1300具体实现方法600时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二MTN路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1300具体实现方法700时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1300具体实现方法800时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法800中的指示6。
当方法1300具体实现方法900时，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，第三指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
对于APS消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，第三指示由第三通信装置发送给第二通信装置。
当方法1300具体实现方法400时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法400中的指示1。其中，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，或者，第二通信装置可以为图3a中的PE1。
当方法1300具体实现方法600时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二MTN路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1300具体实现方法700时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1300具体实现方法800时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法800中的指示6。
当方法1300具体实现方法900时，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，第三指示包含在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
对于OAM消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在使用第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
第二通信装置向第一通信装置或第三通信装置发送第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障。
方法1300具体实现方法400时，此处提及的第一指示可以对应方法400中的指示1，第二通信装置对应方法400中的PE2，第一通信装置对应方法400中的PE3，第三通信装置对应方法400中的PE1。
方法1300具体实现方法600时，此处提及的第一指示可以对应方法400中的指示3，第二通信装置对应方法400中的PE1，第一通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE3，第三通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE1。
在一种实现方式中，第一指示写到在双归协调DHC消息或操作维护管理OAM消息。
此处提及的DHC消息和OAM消息，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，该MTN通信系统还可以包括第四通信装置104，该第四通信装置104分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接第一通信装置101和第二通信装置102，如图12b所示。
一种示例，此处提及的第四通信装置，可以对应于图3a中的CE2，第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，此处提及的第一路径，可以对应图3a中链路2，此处提及的第二路径，可以对应图3a中链路1。
另一种示例，此处提及的第四通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第一路径可以对应图3a中的MTN路径2，第二路径可以对应图3a中MTN路径1。
在一种实现方式中，所述第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信 连接，所述方法还包括：
在第二路径可用且第二MTN路径不可用时，通过第一MTN路径、第三MTN路径以及第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
方法1300具体实现方法1000时，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2、第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3、第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，此处提及的第一MTN路径，可以对应方1000中的MTN路径2，此处提及的第三MTN路径，可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径3，此处提及的第二路径，可以对应方法1000中的链路1。或者，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2，第二路径可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径1，第一MTN路径对应方法1000中的链路2，第三MTN路径可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径3。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接，所述方法还包括：
在第二MTN路径可用且第二路径不可用时，通过第二MTN路径和第三MTN路径以及第一路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
方法1300具体实现方法1000时，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2、第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3、第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，此处提及的第二MTN路径，可以对应方法1000中MTN路径1，此处提及的第二路径，可以对应方法1000中的链路1，此处提及的第三MTN路径，可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径3，此处提及的第一路径，可以对应方法1000中的链路2。或者，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2，第一路径可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径2，第二MTN路径对应方法1000中的链路1，第三MTN路径可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径3。
在一种实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
在第二路径和第二MTN路径均不可用时，通过第一MTN路径和第一路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
方法1300具体实现方法1000时，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2、第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3、第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，此处提及的第二路径，可以对应方法1000中的链路1，此处提及的第二MTN路径，可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径1，此处提及的第一MTN路径，可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径2，此处提及的第一路径，可以对应方法1000中的链路2。或者，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2，第一路径可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径2，第一MTN路径对应方法1000中的链路2，第三MTN路径可以对应方法1000中的MTN路径3。
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种网络中的多归通信方法的流程图，图14所示的多归 通信方法1400，可以应用在图3a、图3b或图12b所示的MTN通信系统中，该方法可以包括：
S1401：在第二路径可用时，通过第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
对于第二路径不可用的场景，所述方法1400还可以包括：
S1402：在第二路径不可用时，通过第一路径和第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
方法1400具体实现方法1000时，第三通信装置为方法1000中的CE2，第二通信装置为方法1000中的PE2，第一通信装置为方法1000中的PE3，第二路径为方法1000中的链路1，第一路径为方法1000中的链路2，第一MTN路径为方法1000中的MTN路径3。或者，第三通信装置为方法1000中的PE1，第二通信装置为方法1000中的PE2，第一通信装置为方法1000中的PE3，则第一路径为方法1000中的MTN路径2，第二路径为方法1000中的MTN路径1，第一MTN路径为方法1000中的MTN路径3。
在一种实现方式中，在第二路径可用时，通过第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流，包括：
通过第一MTN路径和第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
方法1400具体实现方法1000时，第三通信装置为方法1000中的CE2，第二通信装置为方法1000中的PE2，第一通信装置为方法1000中的PE3，此处提及的第一MTN路径，对应方法1000中MTN路径3，此处提及的第二路径，对应方法1000中链路1。或者，第三通信装置为方法1000中的PE1，第二通信装置为方法1000中的PE2，第一通信装置为方法1000中的PE3，第二路径为方法1000中的MTN路径1，第一MTN路径为方法1000中的MTN路径3。
在一种实现方式中，在第二路径不可用时，所述方法还包括：
第一通信装置根据第二通信装置发送的指示消息，确定第二路径发生故障，该指示消息用于指示第二路径发生故障。
当方法1400具体实现方法400时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，指示消息可以对应方法400中的指示1。其中，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，或者，第一通信装置可以为图3a中的PE1。
当方法1400具体实现方法600时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，指示消息可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1400具体实现方法700时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，指示消息可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1400具体实现方法800时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，指示消息可以对应方法800中的指示6。
方法1400具体实现方法900时，此处提及的第一通信装置，对应于方法900中的PE3，此处提及的第二通信装置，对应于方法900中的PE2，此处提及的指示消息，对应于方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，指示消息携带在双归协调DHC消息中。
对于DHC消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，MTN通信系统还包括第四通信装置，该第四通信装置分别通过第二MTN路径和第三MTN路径连接第一通信装置和第二通信装置。
方法1400在具体实现方法1000时，此处提及的第四通信装置可以对应方法1000中的PE1，第一通信装置为对应方法1000中的PE3，第二通信装置对应方法1000中的PE2，此处提及的第二MTN路径对应与方法1000中的MTN路径2，此处提及的第三MTN路径，对应方法1000中的MTN路径1。或者，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2、第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3、第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，此处提及的第二MTN路径可以对应方法1000中的链路2，此处提及的第三MTN路径可以对应方法1000中链路1。
在一种实现方式中，在第二路径不可用时，通过第一路径和第一MTN路径传输第一client对应的数据流，包括：
在第三MTN路径可用且第二路径不可用时，通过第三MTN路径、第一MTN路径以及第一路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
方法1400具体实现方法1000时，此处提及的第四通信装置可以对应方法1000中的PE1，第一通信装置为对应方法1000中的PE3，第二通信装置对应方法1000中的PE2，此处提及的第三MTN路径，对应方法1000中的MTN路径1，此处提及的第一MTN路径，对应方法1000中的MTN路径3，此处提及的第一路径，对应方法1000中的链路2。或者，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2、第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3、第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，此处提及的第一MTN路径对应方法1000中的MTN路径3，此处提及的第一路径对应方法1000中的MTN路径2，此处提及的第三MTN路径可以对应方法1000中链路1。
在一种实现方式中，在第二路径可用时，通过第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流，包括：
在第三MTN路径不可用且第二路径可用时，通过第二MTN路径、第一MTN路径以及第二路径传输第一client对应的数据流。
方法1400具体实现方法1000时，第四通信装置对应方法1000中的PE1，第二通信装置对应方法1000中的PE2，第一通信装置对应方法1000中的PE1，此处提及的第三MTN路径，对应方法1000中的MTN路径1，此处提及的第一MTN路径，对应方法1000中的MTN路径3，此处提及的第二MTN路径，对应方法1000中的MTN路径2，此处提及的第二路径，对应方法1000中的链路1。或者，当第四通信装置为对应方法1000中的CE2时，第一通信装置为对应方法1000中的PE3，第二通信装置对应方法1000中的PE2时，第二MTN路径对应方法1000中的链路2，第一MTN路径对应方法1000中的MTN路径3，第二路径对应方法1000中的MTN路径1。
参见图15，该图为本申请实施例提供的再一种网络中的多归通信方法的流程图，该方法1500可以应用在图12a或图12b所示的MTN通信系统中，该方法包括：
S1510：在第二MTN路径不可用时，将第一MTN路径的状态配置为活跃状态。
在一种实现方式中，在将第一MTN路径的状态设置为活跃状态之前，所述方法还包括：
S1501：根据第二通信装置发送的第一指示，确定第二MTN发生故障，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，此处提及的第一指示可以对应方法400中的指示1，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1，第二通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE2。或者，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法400中的的指示2，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，第二MTN路径对应方法600中的MTN路径1，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法600中的指示3；或者，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第一指示可以对应方法600中的指示4。
当方法1500具体实现方法700时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法700中的指示5，第二MTN路径可以对应方法700中的MTN路径1。
当方法1500具体实现方法800时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法800中的指示6，第二MTN路径可以对应方法800中的MTN路径1。
当方法1500具体实现方法900时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第一指示可以对应方法900中的指示7，第二MTN路径为链路1。
在一种实现方式中，在确定第二MTN路径发生故障之前，所述方法还包括：
第一通信装置从第二通信装置接收第一指示。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，第二通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE2，此处提及的第一通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE3；或者，第一通信装置可以为图3a中的PE1。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二MTN路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1500具体实现方法700时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1500具体实现方法800时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法800中的指示6。
当方法1500具体实现方法900时，第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，第一指示携带在双归协调DHC消息中。
关于DHC消息的相关说明可以参见前文方法实施例中相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在接收第一指示后，所述方法还包括：
第一通信装置向第三通信装置发送第二指示，指示第三通信装置将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，此处提及的第二指示，可以对应方法400中的指示 2，第一通信装置对应方法400中的PE3，第三通信装置对应方法400中的PE1。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，第二指示可以对应方法600中的指示4，第一通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE3。
在一种实现方式中，第二指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，此处提及的APS消息，可以对应方法400中的APS消息，对于APS消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在确定第二MTN路径法发生故障之前，所述方法还包括：
第三通信装置从第二通信装置接收第一指示。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，第一指示可以对应方法400中的指示1，第二通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE1，或者，第三通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE3。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二MTN路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1500具体实现方法700时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1500具体实现方法800时，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一指示可以对应方法800中的指示6。
当方法1500具体实现方法900时，第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一指示可以对应方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，第一指示携带在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，此处提及的OAM消息，可以对应方法400中的OAM消息。对于OAM消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态之前，所述方法还包括：
第三通信装置收到第一通信装置发送的指示消息，该指示消息用于指示第三通信装置将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
方法1500具体实现方法400时，第一MTN路径对应方法400中的MTN路径2，第二MTN路径对应方法400中的MTN路径1。其中，第一通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE3或PE1，指示消息可以对应方法700中的指示1。或者，第一通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE3，第三通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE1，指示消息可以对应方法700中的指示2。
方法1500可以实现方法600时，第一MTN路径对应方法400中的MTN路径2，第二MTN路径对应方法400中的MTN路径1。第一通信装置可以方法600中的PE1，第三通信装置对应方法600中的PE2或PE3，指示消息可以对应方法600中的指示3。或者，第一通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法600中的PE3，指示消息可以对应方法600中的指示4。
方法1500具体实现方法700时，第一通信装置可以对应方法700中的PE1，第三通信 装置可以对应方法700中的PE3，第一MTN路径对应方法700中MTN路径2，第二MTN路径对应方法700中的MTN路径1。此处提及的指示消息可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1500具体实现方法800时，此处提及的指示消息，可以对应方法800中的指示6，此处提及的第三通信装置，可以对应方法800中的PE1，此处提及的第一通信装置，可以对应方法800中的PE3，第二MTN路径对应方法800的MTN路径1，第一MTN路径对应方法800中的MTN路径2。
方法1500具体实现方法900时，第一通信装置可以对应方法900中的PE2，第三通信装置可以对应方法900中的PE3，指示消息对应于方法900中的指示7，第一MTN路径对应方法900中的链路2，第二MTN路径对应方法900中的链路1。
在一种实现方式中，在将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态之前，所述方法还包括：
根据第三通信装置发送的第三指示，确定第二MTN路径发生故障，第三指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法400中的指示1。或者，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法400中的的指示2，第二MTN路径可以对应方法400中的MTN路径1。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，第二MTN路径对应方法600中的MTN路径1，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法600中的指示3；或者，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法600中的指示4。
当方法1500具体实现方法700时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法700中的指示5，第二MTN路径可以对应方法700中的MTN路径1。
当方法1500具体实现方法800时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法800中的指示6，第二MTN路径可以对应方法800中的MTN路径1。
当方法1500具体实现方法900时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法900中的指示7，第二MTN路径为链路1。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，此处提及的第三指示，可以对应方法600中的指示3，第三通信装置对应方法600中的PE1，第二MTN路径对应方法600中的MTN路径1。
在一种实现方式中，第三指示由第三通信装置发送给第一通信装置。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法400中的指示1。其中，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，或者，第一通信装置可以为图3a中的PE1。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二MTN路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1500具体实现方法700时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1500具体实现方法800时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第一通 信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法800中的指示6。
当方法1500具体实现方法900时，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，第三指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，此处提及的APS消息，可以对应方法600中的APS消息。对于APS消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，第三指示由第三通信装置发送给第二通信装置。
当方法1500具体实现方法400时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三指示可以对应方法400中的指示1。其中，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，或者，第二通信装置可以为图3a中的PE1。
当方法1500具体实现方法600时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法600中的指示3，第二MTN路径可以对应方法600中的MTN路径1。第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，或者，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3。
当方法1500具体实现方法700时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法700中的指示5。
当方法1500具体实现方法800时，第三通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第三指示可以对应方法800中的指示6。
当方法1500具体实现方法900时，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第三指示可以对应方法900中的指示7。
在一种实现方式中，第三指示包含在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
方法1500具体实现方法600时，此处提及的OAM消息，可以对应方法600中的OAM消息。对于OAM消息的相关说明，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在确定第二MTN路径发生故障之前，所述方法还包括：
第二通信装置向第一通信装置或第三通信装置发送第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障。
方法1500具体实现方法400时，此处提及的第一指示，可以对应方法400中的指示1，第二通信装置对应方法400中的PE2，第一通信装置对应方法400中的PE3，第三通信装置对应方法400中的PE1。
方法1500具体实现方法600时，此处提及的第一指示可以对应方法400中的指示3，第二通信装置对应方法400中的PE1，第一通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE3，第三通信装置可以对应方法400中的PE1。
在一种实现方式中，第一指示写到在双归协调DHC消息或操作维护管理OAM消息。
此处提及的DHC消息和OAM消息，参见前文方法实施例相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，MTN通信系统还包括第四通信装置，该第四通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接第一通信装置和第二通信装置，如图12b所示。
一种示例，此处提及的第四通信装置，可以对应于图3a中的CE2，第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，此处提及的第一路径，可以对应 图3a中链路2，此处提及的第二路径，可以对应图3a中链路1。
另一种示例，此处提及的第四通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第一路径可以对应图3a中的MTN路径2，第二路径可以对应图3a中MTN路径1。
在一种实现方式中，所述第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接，所述方法还包括：
在第二路径可用时，将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
方法1500具体实现方法900时，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2、第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3、第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，此处提及的第三MTN路径，可以对应方法900中的MTN路径3，此处提及的第二路径，可以对应方法900中的链路1。或者，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2，第二路径对应方法900中的MTN路径1，第三MTN路径可以对应方法900中的MTN路径3。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接，所述方法还包括：
在第二路径不可用时，将第一路径配置为活跃状态。
方法1500具体实现方法900时，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2、第一通信装置例如为图3a中的PE3、第二通信装置例如为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，此处提及的第二路径，可以对应方法900中的链路1，此处提及的第三MTN路径，可以对应方法900中的MTN路径3，此处提及的第一路径，可以对应方法900中的链路2。或者，第四通信装置例如为图3a中的PE1，第一通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE3，第二通信装置例如可以为图3a中的PE2，第三通信装置例如为图3a中的CE2，第一路径对应方法900中的MTN路径2。
关于以上方法1300、方法1400和方法1500的具体实现，可以参见上文对于方法40、方法600、方法700、方法800、方法900、方法1000和方法1100的描述部分，此处不再赘述。
此外，本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置，如图16所示。图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图，该通信装置1600包括收发单元1601和处理单元1602。该通信装置1600可以用于执行以上实例中的方法400、方法600-方法1100以及方法1300-方法1500。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法400中的PE2。收发单元1601用于执行方法400中PE2执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法400中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理单元1602，用于获取指示1，该指示1用于指示MTN路径1发生故障，收发单元1601用于执行发送指示1。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1600 用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法400中的PE3。收发单元1601用于执行方法400中PE3执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法400中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE2发送的指示1，处理单元1602，用于根据指示1确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法400中的PE1。收发单元1601用于执行方法400中PE1执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法400中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE2发送的指示1，处理单元1602，用于根据指示1确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法600中的PE1。收发单元1601用于执行方法600中PE1执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法600中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理单元1602用于执行获取指示3，并将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态，收发单元1601用于发送指示3。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法600中的PE2。收发单元1601用于执行方法600中PE2执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法600中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE1发送的指示3，处理单元1602，用于根据指示3确定MTN路径1发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法600中的PE3。收发单元1601用于执行方法600中PE3执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法600中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE1发送的指示3，处理单元1602，用于根据指示3确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法700，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法700时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法700中的PE1。收发单元1601用于执行方法700中PE1执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法700中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理单元1602用于生成指示5，并将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态，收发单元1601用于发送指示5。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法700，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法700时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法700中的PE3。收发单元1601用于执行方法700中PE3执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法700中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE1发送的指示5，处理单元1602，用于根据指示5将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法800，当通信装置1600 用于执行以上实施例中的方法800时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法800中的PE3。收发单元1601用于执行方法800中PE3执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法800中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理单元1602用于生成指示6，并将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态，收发单元1601用于发送指示6。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法800，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法800时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法800中的PE1。收发单元1601用于执行方法800中PE1执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法800中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE3发送的指示6，处理单元1602，用于根据指示6将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法900，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法900时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法900中的PE2。收发单元1601用于执行方法900中PE2执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法900中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理单元1602用于执行确定链路1故障，生成指示7，将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态，收发单元1601用于发送指示7。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法900，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法900时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法900中的PE3。收发单元1601用于执行方法900中PE3执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法900中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE2发送的指示7，处理单元1602，用于根据指示7将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1000中的PE1。收发单元1601用于执行方法1000中PE1执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1000中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理单元1602用于执行根据数据流确定转发路径，收发单元1601用于根据通过MTN路径2向PE3发送数据流。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1000中的PE2。收发单元1601用于执行方法1000中PE2执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1000中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE1发送的数据流，处理单元1602，用于根据数据流确定转发路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1000中的PE3。收发单元1601用于执行方法1000中PE3执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1000中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收PE1发送的数据流，以及通过链路2向CE2发送数据流，处理单元1602，用于根据数据流确定转发路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1100，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1100时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1100中的PE1。收发单元1601用于执行方法1100中PE1执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法 1100中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收CE1发送的数据流，以及通过MTN路径1或MTN路径2发送数据流，处理单元1602用于确定数据流对应的客户标识。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1300中的第一通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1300中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1300中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，以及向第三通信装置发送第三指示，处理单元1602用于根据第一指示确定第二MTN路径发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1300中的第二通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1300中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1300中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于发送的第一指示，处理单元1602用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1300中的第三通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1300中第三通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1300中第三通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收第一指示或第二指示，处理单元1602用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障，并将第二MTN路径倒换到第一MTN路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1400中的第一通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1400中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1400中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于通过第三MTN路径向第二通信装置发送数据流，处理单元1602用于确定第二路径发生故障，并将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1400中的第二通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1400中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1400中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于通过第三MTN路径接收第一通信装置发送的数据流，并通过第二路径向第四通信装置发送数据流，处理单元1602用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障，并将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1400中的第四通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1400中第四通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1400中第四通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单 元1601用于通过第一路径向第一通信装置发送数据流，处理单元1602用于确定第二路径发生故障，并将第一路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1500中的第一通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1500中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1500中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理单元1602用于将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1500中的第二通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1500中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1500中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理单元1602用于将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1600可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置1600用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1600可以相当于方法1500中的第三通信装置。收发单元1601用于执行方法1500中第三通信装置执行的收发操作。处理单元1602用于执行方法1500中第三通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发单元1601用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理单元1602用于将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
此外，本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置1700，参见图17所示，图17为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置1700包括通信接口1701和与通信接口1701连接的处理器1702。该通信装置1700可以用于执行以上实施例中的方法400、方法600-方法1100以及方法1300-方法1500。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法400中的PE2。通信接口1701用于执行方法400中PE2执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法400中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1702，用于获取指示1，该指示1用于指示MTN路径1发生故障，通信接口1701用于执行发送指示1。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法400中的PE3。通信接口1701用于执行方法400中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法400中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE2发送的指示1，处理器1702，用于根据指示1确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法400中的PE1。通信接口1701用于执行方法400中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法400中PE1 执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE2发送的指示1，处理器1702，用于根据指示1确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法600中的PE1。通信接口1701用于执行方法600中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法600中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1702用于执行获取指示3，并将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态，通信接口1701用于发送指示3。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法600中的PE2。通信接口1701用于执行方法600中PE2执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法600中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE1发送的指示3，处理器1702，用于根据指示3确定MTN路径1发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法600中的PE3。通信接口1701用于执行方法600中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法600中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE1发送的指示3，处理器1702，用于根据指示3确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法700，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法700时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法700中的PE1。通信接口1701用于执行方法700中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法700中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1702用于生成指示5，并将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态，通信接口1701用于发送指示5。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法700，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法700时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法700中的PE3。通信接口1701用于执行方法700中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法700中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE1发送的指示5，处理器1702，用于根据指示5将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法800，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法800时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法800中的PE3。通信接口1701用于执行方法800中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法800中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1702用于生成指示6，并将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态，通信接口1701用于发送指示6。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法800，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法800时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法800中的PE1。通信接口1701用于执行方法800中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法800中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE3发送的指示6，处理器1702，用于根据指示6将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法900，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法900时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法900中的PE2。通信接口1701用于执行方法900中PE2执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法900中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1702用于执行确定链路1故障，生成指示7，将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态，通信接口1701用于发送指示7。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法900，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法900时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法900中的PE3。通信接口1701用于执行方法900中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法900中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE2发送的指示7，处理器1702，用于根据指示7将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1000中的PE1。通信接口1701用于执行方法1000中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1000中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1702用于执行根据数据流确定转发路径，通信接口1701用于根据通过MTN路径2向PE3发送数据流。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1000中的PE2。通信接口1701用于执行方法1000中PE2执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1000中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE1发送的数据流，处理器1702，用于根据数据流确定转发路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1000中的PE3。通信接口1701用于执行方法1000中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1000中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收PE1发送的数据流，以及通过链路2向CE2发送数据流，处理器1702，用于根据数据流确定转发路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1100，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1100时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1100中的PE1。通信接口1701用于执行方法1100中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1100中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收CE1发送的数据流，以及通过MTN路径1或MTN路径2发送数据流，处理器1702用于确定数据流对应的客户标识。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1300中的第一通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1300中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1300中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，以及向第三通信装置发送第三指示，处理器1702用于根据第一指示确定第二MTN路径发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1300中的第二通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1300中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1300中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于发送的第一指示，处理器1702用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1300中的第三通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1300中第三通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1300中第三通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收第一指示或第二指示，处理器1702用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障，并将第二MTN路径倒换到第一MTN路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1400中的第一通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1400中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1400中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于通过第三MTN路径向第二通信装置发送数据流，处理器1702用于确定第二路径发生故障，并将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1400中的第二通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1400中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1400中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于通过第三MTN路径接收第一通信装置发送的数据流，并通过第二路径向第四通信装置发送数据流，处理器1702用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障，并将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1400中的第四通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1400中第四通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1400中第四通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于通过第一路径向第一通信装置发送数据流，处理器1702用于确定第二路径发生故障，并将第一路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1500中的第一通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1500中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1500中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理器1702用于将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置 1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1500中的第二通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1500中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1500中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理器1702用于将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1700可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置1700用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1700可以相当于方法1500中的第三通信装置。通信接口1701用于执行方法1500中第三通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1702用于执行方法1500中第三通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，通信接口1701用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理器1702用于将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
此外，本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置1800，参见图18所示，图18为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。
该通信装置1800可以用于执行以上实施例中的方法400、方法600-方法1100以及方法1300-方法1500。
如图18所示，通信装置1800可以包括处理器1810，与所述处理器1810耦合连接的存储器1820，收发器1830。收发器1070例如可以是通信接口，光模块等。处理器1810可以是中央处理器(英文：central processing unit，缩写：CPU)，网络处理器(英文：network processor，缩写：NP)或者CPU和NP的组合。处理器还可以是专用集成电路(英文：application-specific integrated circuit，缩写：ASIC)，可编程逻辑器件(英文：programmable logic device，缩写：PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(英文：complex programmable logic device，缩写：CPLD)，现场可编程逻辑门阵列(英文：field-programmable gate array，缩写：FPGA)，通用阵列逻辑(英文：generic array logic,缩写：GAL)或其任意组合。处理器1010可以是指一个处理器，也可以包括多个处理器。存储器1020可以包括易失性存储器(英文：volatile memory)，例如随机存取存储器(英文：random-access memory，缩写：RAM)；存储器也可以包括非易失性存储器(英文：non-volatile memory)，例如只读存储器(英文：read-only memory，缩写：ROM)，快闪存储器(英文：flash memory)，硬盘(英文：hard disk drive，缩写：HDD)或固态硬盘(英文：solid-state drive，缩写：SSD)；存储器1820还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组合。存储器1820可以是指一个存储器，也可以包括多个存储器。在一个实施方式中，存储器1820中存储有计算机可读指令，所述计算机可读指令包括多个软件模块，例如发送模块1821，处理模块1822和接收模块1823。处理器1810执行各个软件模块后可以按照各个软件模块的指示进行相应的操作。在本实施例中，一个软件模块所执行的操作实际上是指处理器1810根据所述软件模块的指示而执行的操作。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法400中的PE2。收发器1830用于执行方法400中PE2执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法400中PE2 执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1810，用于获取指示1，该指示1用于指示MTN路径1发生故障，收发器1830用于执行发送指示1。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法400中的PE3。收发器1830用于执行方法400中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法400中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE2发送的指示1，处理器1810，用于根据指示1确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法400，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法400时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法400中的PE1。收发器1830用于执行方法400中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法400中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE2发送的指示1，处理器1810，用于根据指示1确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法600中的PE1。收发器1830用于执行方法600中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法600中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1810用于执行获取指示3，并将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态，收发器1830用于发送指示3。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法600中的PE2。收发器1830用于执行方法600中PE2执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法600中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE1发送的指示3，处理器1810，用于根据指示3确定MTN路径1发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法600，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法600时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法600中的PE3。收发器1830用于执行方法600中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法600中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE1发送的指示3，处理器1810，用于根据指示3确定MTN路径1发生故障，将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法700，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法700时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法700中的PE1。收发器1830用于执行方法700中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法700中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1810用于生成指示5，并将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态，收发器1830用于发送指示5。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法700，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法700时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法700中的PE3。收发器1830用于执行方法700中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法700中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE1发送的指示5，处理器1810，用于根据指示5将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法800，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法800时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法800中的PE3。收发器1830用于执行方法800中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法800中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1810用于生成指示6，并将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态，收发器1830用于发送指示6。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法800，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法800时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法800中的PE1。收发器1830用于执行方法800中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法800中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE3发送的指示6，处理器1810，用于根据指示6将MTN路径2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法900，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法900时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法900中的PE2。收发器1830用于执行方法900中PE2执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法900中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1810用于执行确定链路1故障，生成指示7，将MTN路径3配置为活跃状态，收发器1830用于发送指示7。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法900，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法900时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法900中的PE3。收发器1830用于执行方法900中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法900中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE2发送的指示7，处理器1810，用于根据指示7将MTN路径2和链路2配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1000中的PE1。收发器1830用于执行方法1000中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1000中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，处理器1810用于执行根据数据流确定转发路径，收发器1830用于根据通过MTN路径2向PE3发送数据流。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1000中的PE2。收发器1830用于执行方法1000中PE2执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1000中PE2执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE1发送的数据流，处理器1810，用于根据数据流确定转发路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1000，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1000时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1000中的PE3。收发器1830用于执行方法1000中PE3执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1000中PE3执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收PE1发送的数据流，以及通过链路2向CE2发送数据流，处理器1810，用于根据数据流确定转发路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1100，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1100时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1100中的PE1。 收发器1830用于执行方法1100中PE1执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1100中PE1执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收CE1发送的数据流，以及通过MTN路径1或MTN路径2发送数据流，处理器1810用于确定数据流对应的客户标识。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1300中的第一通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1300中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1300中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，以及向第三通信装置发送第三指示，处理器1810用于根据第一指示确定第二MTN路径发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1300中的第二通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1300中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1300中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于发送的第一指示，处理器1810用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1300，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1300时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1300中的第三通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1300中第三通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1300中第三通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收第一指示或第二指示，处理器1810用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障，并将第二MTN路径倒换到第一MTN路径。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1400中的第一通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1400中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1400中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于通过第三MTN路径向第二通信装置发送数据流，处理器1810用于确定第二路径发生故障，并将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1400中的第二通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1400中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1400中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于通过第三MTN路径接收第一通信装置发送的数据流，并通过第二路径向第四通信装置发送数据流，处理器1810用于确定第二MTN路径发生故障，并将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1400，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1400时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1400中的第四通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1400中第四通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810 用于执行方法1400中第四通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于通过第一路径向第一通信装置发送数据流，处理器1810用于确定第二路径发生故障，并将第一路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1500中的第一通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1500中第一通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1500中第一通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理器1810用于将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1500中的第二通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1500中第二通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1500中第二通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理器1810用于将第三MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
在一种示例中，所述通信装置1800可以执行以上实施例中的方法1500，当通信装置1800用于执行以上实施例中的方法1500时，通信装置1800可以相当于方法1500中的第三通信装置。收发器1830用于执行方法1500中第三通信装置执行的收发操作。处理器1810用于执行方法1500中第三通信装置执行的除收发操作之外的操作。例如，收发器1830用于接收第二通信装置发送的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第二MTN路径发生故障，处理器1810用于将第一MTN路径配置为活跃状态。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行以上实施例中由第一通信装置执行的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行以上实施例中由第二通信装置执行的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行以上实施例中由第三通信装置执行的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行以上实施例中由第四通信装置执行的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统，包括以上实施例提及的任一种第一通信装置、任一种第二通信装置、任一种第三通信装置和任一种第四通信装置。该通信系统用于执行以上实施例所提及任一种方法中所涉及的一个或多个操作。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统，包括至少一个存储器和至少一个处理器，该至 少一个存储器存储有指令，该至少一个处理器执行所述指令，使得所述通信系统执行本申请前述实施例中任一实施例所述的方法(例如，方法400，方法600和方法700)中任意一个或多个操作。
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象，而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换，以便这里描述的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。此外，术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含，例如，包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元，而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统，装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统，装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑业务划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各业务单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件业务单元的形式实现。
集成的单元如果以软件业务单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM，Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本发明所描述的业务可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些业务存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可 用介质。
以上的具体实施方式，对本发明的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上仅为本发明的具体实施方式而已。
以上，以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。

Claims (36)

  1. 一种网络中的多归通信方法，其特征在于，所述网络包括第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一城域传输网络MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接所述第一通信装置和第二通信装置，所述方法包括：
    通过所述第二MTN路径传输第一客户client对应的数据流。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第二MTN路径不可用后，使用所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在使用所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述第二通信装置发送的第一指示，确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障，所述第一指示用于指示所述第二MTN路径发生故障。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障之前，所述方法包括：
    所述第一通信装置从所述第二通信装置接收所述第一指示。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示携带在双归协调DHC消息中。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收所述第一指示之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一通信装置向所述第三通信装置发送第二指示，指示所述第三通信装置将所述第一客户client对应的数据流的传输路径由所述第二MTN路径倒换到所述第一MTN路径。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
  8. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障之前，所述方法包括：
    所述第三通信装置从所述第二通信装置接收所述第一指示。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示包含在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
  10. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在使用所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第三通信装置收到所述第一通信装置发送的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第三通信装置将所述第二MTN路径倒换到所述第一MTN路径。
  11. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在使用所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述第三通信装置发送的第三指示，确定所述第二MTN路径发生故障，所述第三指示用于指示所述第二MTN路径发生故障。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三指示由所述第三通信装置发送 给所述第一通信装置。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三指示包含在自动保护倒换APS消息中。
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三指示由所述第三通信装置发送给所述第二通信装置。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三指示包含在操作维护管理OAM消息中。
  16. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，使用所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二通信装置向所述第一通信装置或所述第三通信装置发送第一指示，所述第一指示用于指示所述第二MTN路径发生故障。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示携带在双归协调DHC消息中或操作维护管理OAM消息。
  18. 根据权利要求1-17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络还包括第四通信装置，所述第四通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第二路径可用且所述第二MTN路径不可用时，通过所述第一MTN路径、所述第三MTN路径以及所述第二路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置之间通过第三MTN路径通信连接，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第二MTN路径可用且所述第二路径不可用时，通过所述第二MTN路径和所述第三MTN路径以及所述第一路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。
  21. 根据权利要求18-20任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第二路径和所述第二MTN路径均不可用时，通过所述第一MTN路径和所述第一路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。
  22. 根据权利要求1-21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    通过所述第一MTN路径传输第二客户client对应的数据流。
  23. 一种网络中的多归通信方法，其特征在于，所述网络包括第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置通过第一城域传输网络MTN路径连接，所述方法包括：
    在所述第二路径可用时，通过所述第二路径传输第一客户client对应的数据流；
    在所述第二路径不可用时，通过所述第一路径和所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二路径可用时，通过所述二 路径传输第一client对应的数据流，包括：
    通过所述第一MTN路径和所述第二路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二路径不可用时，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一通信装置根据所述第二通信装置发送的指示信息，确定所述第二路径发生故障，所述指示信息用于指示所述第二路径发生故障。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示信息携带在双归协调DHC消息中。
  27. 根据权利要求24-26任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络还包括第四通信装置，所述第四通信装置分别通过第二MTN路径和第三MTN路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在所述第二路径不可用时，通过所述第一路径和所述第一MTN路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流，包括：
    在所述第三MTN路径可用且所述第二路径不可用时，通过所述第三MTN路径、所述第一MTN路径以及所述第一路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在所述第二路径可用时，通过所述二路径传输第一客户client对应的数据流，包括：
    在所述第三MTN路径不可用且所述第二路径可用时，通过所述第二MTN路径，所述第一MTN路径和所述第二路径传输所述第一client对应的数据流。
  30. 一种网络中的多归通信方法，其特征在于，所述网络包括第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一城域传输网络MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置，所述方法包括：
    在所述第二MTN工作路径不用时，将所述第一MTN路径的状态配置为活跃状态。
  31. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括：第一通信装置，第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，所述第三通信装置分别通过第一城域传输网MTN路径和第二MTN路径连接所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的系统，其特征在于，所述第一通信装置和所述第二通信装置通过第三MTN路径连接。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的系统，其特征在于，所述MTN通信系统还包括第四通信装置，所述第四通信装置分别通过第一路径和第二路径连接所述第一通信装置和第二通信装置。
  34. 根据权利要求31-33任一项所述的通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统用于执行权利要求1-30任意一项所述的方法。
  35. 一种多归系统，其特征在于，所述系统包括：至少一个处理器和存储器；
    所述存储器，用于存储指令或计算机程序；
    所述至少一个处理器，用于执行所述存储器中的所述指令或计算机程序，以使得所述系统执行权利要求1-30任意一项所述的方法。
  36. 一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行以上权利要求1-30任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/123670 2020-11-16 2021-10-14 一种应用在城域传送网络mtn或分片分组网络spn中的通信方法及系统 WO2022100350A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21890877.0A EP4236249A4 (en) 2020-11-16 2021-10-14 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM APPLIED TO A METROPOLITAN TRANSPORT NETWORK (MTN) OR TO A SLICED PACKET NETWORK (SPN)
JP2023528741A JP2023548944A (ja) 2020-11-16 2021-10-14 メトロ伝送ネットワークｍｔｎまたはスライシングパケットネットワークｓｐｎに適用される通信方法および通信システム
US18/317,650 US20230283541A1 (en) 2020-11-16 2023-05-15 Communication Method and System Applied to Metro Transport Network MTN or Slicing Packet Network SPN

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011282559.X 2020-11-16
CN202011282559.XA CN114513454A (zh) 2020-11-16 2020-11-16 一种应用在城域传送网络mtn或分片分组网络spn中的通信方法及系统

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/317,650 Continuation US20230283541A1 (en) 2020-11-16 2023-05-15 Communication Method and System Applied to Metro Transport Network MTN or Slicing Packet Network SPN

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022100350A1 true WO2022100350A1 (zh) 2022-05-19

Family

ID=81546646

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/123670 WO2022100350A1 (zh) 2020-11-16 2021-10-14 一种应用在城域传送网络mtn或分片分组网络spn中的通信方法及系统

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20230283541A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4236249A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2023548944A (zh)
CN (1) CN114513454A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022100350A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111211957A (zh) * 2018-11-21 2020-05-29 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置
US10750260B1 (en) * 2019-07-29 2020-08-18 Ciena Corporation Subrating and multiplexing non-standard rates in ZR and ZR+ optical interfaces
US20200287998A1 (en) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-10 Microsemi Storage Solutions, Inc. Method for adapting a constant bit rate client signal into the path layer of a telecom signal
WO2020187418A1 (en) * 2019-03-20 2020-09-24 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Routing flexe data in a network
US10797816B1 (en) * 2019-06-05 2020-10-06 Microchip Technology Inc. Method for providing path signal overhead in the 64B/66B character stream of an ITU-T metro transport network

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019000241A1 (zh) * 2017-06-27 2019-01-03 华为技术有限公司 保护倒换方法、设备及系统

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111211957A (zh) * 2018-11-21 2020-05-29 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置
US20200287998A1 (en) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-10 Microsemi Storage Solutions, Inc. Method for adapting a constant bit rate client signal into the path layer of a telecom signal
WO2020187418A1 (en) * 2019-03-20 2020-09-24 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Routing flexe data in a network
US10797816B1 (en) * 2019-06-05 2020-10-06 Microchip Technology Inc. Method for providing path signal overhead in the 64B/66B character stream of an ITU-T metro transport network
US10750260B1 (en) * 2019-07-29 2020-08-18 Ciena Corporation Subrating and multiplexing non-standard rates in ZR and ZR+ optical interfaces

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4236249A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023548944A (ja) 2023-11-21
US20230283541A1 (en) 2023-09-07
CN114513454A (zh) 2022-05-17
EP4236249A4 (en) 2024-04-24
EP4236249A1 (en) 2023-08-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102342286B1 (ko) Dcn 메시지 처리 방법, 네트워크 디바이스, 및 네트워크 시스템
CN111726244B (zh) 操作、管理和维护oam数据的传输方法和装置
EP3672173B1 (en) Communication method and device, and storage medium
CA2459286C (en) Method for supporting sdh/sonet aps on ethernet
US7102995B2 (en) Supporting SDH/SONET APS bridge selector functionality for ethernet
WO2018090856A1 (zh) 用于建立灵活以太网群组的方法和设备
WO2020168854A1 (zh) 一种evpn组播方法、装置及系统
WO2019029286A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、设备及存储介质
JP2016535498A (ja) 改善された障害回復力を提供するデータ伝送システム
US7213178B1 (en) Method and system for transporting faults across a network
JP2022507745A (ja) 通信方法および通信装置
JP5639083B2 (ja) ラインカードの冗長化を目的としたパケットのシーケンス番号の同期
WO2022121638A1 (zh) 一种报文处理方法及装置
CN102281165A (zh) 一种基于服务质量的故障检测方法、系统和装置
US11804982B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP2482516B1 (en) Method for customer edge device auto management and provider edge device
WO2022100350A1 (zh) 一种应用在城域传送网络mtn或分片分组网络spn中的通信方法及系统
US8964525B1 (en) Methods and apparatus for enhancing fault management using inter-working between PPP and ethernet
WO2022166302A1 (zh) 一种在段路由sr网络中进行保护倒换方法及装置
WO2024222620A1 (zh) 一种数据处理方法、装置及通信系统
WO2023197770A1 (zh) 一种故障通告方法及装置
WO2023071249A1 (zh) 一种时隙协商方法及装置
CN118677718A (zh) 一种数据处理方法及装置
JP2012015624A (ja) 通信装置及び通信中継方法

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023528741

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021890877

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230523

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21890877

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1